FREE COURSE: 10H Business Course for Beginners [Zero to $10,000/m in 2025]

this is everything that I wish I had when I got started so if you're here you're lucky and you're going to learn exactly how to build a business that you enjoy one that gets you up and running it gets you your first clients it gets you Freedom it gets you a business that you can do as a side hustle or fulltime if you want to one that isn't complicated no fancy agency office needed or huge team or massive expenses no ads required no cold calling this is the business that is the best one for you

to get started if you're brand new and you're watching these videos on YouTube you want to get started you're not really sure how to do it you don't want to buy a course and it's not you're against education it's just that you you rather first get some clients and then you can invest some of those payments the money that come in into further education so you can scale your business but I think the first thing that you want is you just want to see that it works you want to see that it's not too good

to be true and I can tell you from personal experience from having 50 different jobs at the age of 21 from 14 to 21 just trying everything to being like man there's no path for me to freedom without a business it really isn't there there there's none and I just want to find that one and I did but I had to go through a lot of different business to get there and to get here and now I've gone from zero to 10,000 a month to 30k per month 50k per month 100K per month and to

generating over a million dollars in profit at the age of 29 and I'm sure some of you are skeptical right now like who's this guy on YouTube and why would you give out all this information for free well the truth is that I actually still do what I teach I still have funnels myself I also build funnels for clients still and if you're brand new to funnels it's just a sales process kind of like mini websites that we avilable for people but you don't have to trust me yet we're just getting started in this video

but I'm going to walk you through what we do and how we do it so that you can do the same cuz this is genuinely the best business to start if you're brand new cuz it doesn't require you to actually have a product or service you just partner with people and you can even Arbitrage the service you don't have to do it yourself so if that all sounds confusing or exciting then come with me and I'm going to walk you through the different business models in the right step and the Order of how we sell

things what we offer people to just make it easy to get your first client cuz what's the the big problem when you're starting out it's really like I'm brand new I have no portfolio I don't even know my pricing I don't even know my Niche who should I work with and I want to walk you through all of that so that when you get started after watching this video you're like a that makes a lot of sense like now I have a plan I don't need a traditional business plan I just I need a plan

to get my first clients and that's what we're going to walk you through in this video all right so what is the sales funnel I said it's a sales process and kind of like websites but you have to actually understand it to be like oh I get it I see now so let's say it's someone who is a YouTuber they are used to getting brand deals and you know they work with VPN companies and supplements and they're like hey here's content and then if you use my link and sort of pause the video and they

say you know here's the you know thanks this VPN company for sponsoring my video and they get paid maybe 5,000 a month or 2,000 per video whatever it is that's brand deals then they get paid by YouTube AdSense because YouTube allows to put ads on the videos and the Creator the influencer the YouTuber actually can't really control their income because it's kind of like depending on the deals that are coming in depending on views and all that and so what we're seeing right now is a massive transformation away from traditional education towards personal education and

working with and learning from people that we look up to that we resonate with this opens up a massive opportunity one that I've been able to be a part of for the last couple years where I build sales pages and landing pages maybe you heard about website landing pages and let's say it's someone who sells education they sell a piano course someone like me comes in and says okay let's take the piano you have the videos going to put it on a sales page website logo video call to action like the button that says enroll

now and then here's what's in the course here's who it's for here's how much it is here's testimonials reviews and then here's uh FAQ frequently asked questions that's the quick version of it then we have someone else who's like hey but I'm a real estate agent like this I'm trying to sell a home by the way it's super empty because it's just an office that I'm renting and uh someone like this who's a real estate agent says well I I'm not selling courses I'm not selling books I am selling houses well what we do we

come in and we say well do you need seller leads or buyer leads so I've personally worked with real estate agents as well and we built one funnel for seller leads if you're looking to sell your home download this free thing book a call here with our Realtor then we have buyer leads and we built uh funnels for them someone who's looking to to buy homes download this list of the best listings in your area and they run the ads they do all of the marketing for it we just help them make money and convert

leads get leads and convert them so we're not a leg gen agency where they rely on us we just help them build it which is the most fun business to have it's the mo it's the creative one it's where we say hey this is what you're looking to sell okay let me go and find similar sites and websites landing pages and funnels and we just set those up and we make money right so we sell them as a package like we're going to put together the the tech that we're going to write the text for

you and don't worry if you're not a copywriter we have ai tools like chat GPT and I have prompts to give you and it's very easy to create the sales copy and uh create the design we use free softwares to do it but then we just publish it on a domain like gust realestate.com and it's like that's the domain we're going to take this template from gusten going to customize it make completely original and then we just connect it to the domain and now it's ready to go and we hand it back and we just

made $5,000 we just made 3,000 2,000 1,000 depending on the size of the project so when you get started you're actually going to charge 0 for the first one so people say how do I get my first client well you're going to get your first one by just saying look I'm brand new to this I don't claim to be an expert in fact what I'm looking for is case studies so I'm going to work with you to get case studies I'm going to work with you to get a a couple of examples in my portfolio

which means that I'm not going to charge for it and you can benefit from that so all I want is a testimonial if you're happy with my work what we do and what I do if you're happy just give me a testimonial I can leverage that put it on my uh portfolio so we're going to get into how to do all of that how to turn projects into testimonials how to turn projects and testimonials into more clients going to walk you through all of that but the biggest question that you probably have right now is

this all sounds good man but which industry should I go to should I be in the real estate industry or should I be in the e-commerce should I help them sell physical products you said I don't have to do ads so who should I work with now my personal experience I've worked with pretty much every Niche you can think of e-commerce local local businesses uh softwares trading crypto all types of Investments events I work with Tony Robbins Dean graos Russell Brunson Robert kosaki Jordan Welch um chrisa Steve lison uh Anthony Adrian Morrison you name it

well I've worked with hundreds of clients and I say all that to say like I have gone through this entire journey of figuring out the niche sometimes people say you don't pick a niche the niche picks you and that's totally fine if you want to go and and find Industries and try them out that's the fun part of business you can you don't have to put a label on yourself and say I'm a crater or I am a an agency owner I'm a freelancer you can just build multiple revenue streams and work with pretty much

anyone you want and then when you no longer enjoy working with someone you just cancel that agreement and you say okay I would rather just work with creators for example and I say all that to say there's a study that came out that the Creator industry and Creator economy is growing faster than anything else just like I mentioned in the intro of this video the um the education economy as a whole and the e-learning space is growing like crazy like it's projected to be around 500 billion by 2030 and so if you're a Creator you

can create your own digital products you can create your own YouTube channel you can become the the face the personal brand but if you don't want to how can you profit from it if you don't want to be the face well it's very simple you just become super valuable to the Creator so the one that is the face like me for example I'm doing both that's why I can help you because I know both the ins and SES of being a Creator and also someone who works with creators and work with them a 600 funnels

so I know the space and both the front end the low ticket offers the middle and the back end the high ticket offers the templates the digital products the courses the coaching The Mastermind the books the events uh the service providers I've seen it all so I'm telling you that the best industry to be in is creators personal Brands and you might say well isn't it isn't it kind of um crowded isn't it saturated if if you're doing it if everyone is picking that industry and I'm going to talk to you why it isn't saturated

so let's go up to the desk again and the reason it's not saturated is because everyone who is a Creator wants to be a Creator they just focus on the thing that they excited about they're not super passionate about marketing or selling the thing meaning they want to do handstands piano guitar Fitness um content creation they are more focused on creating the cont content than selling it or being like a web designer they look at it as like oh the freelancing guys or freelancing GS like that's not what I am you know here to do

and so I would rather just Outsource it and here's the biggest opportunity in this whole thing this the entire economy what do you think is the most valuable thing for a creater like I'm a Creator as well so I'm like what is the most valuable thing to me um there's really just like three things and they all they all help me grow my creative business so one is like helping me monetize so coming up with the offer write copy and design my pages like put together the sales pages that make money that's like a really

big thing another one is to get more visibility so monetization visibility or growth like reach traffic so video editing for example but someone who is more like a YouTube consultant or YouTube growth partner instead of just a video editor that's super valuable right cuz they can suggest ideas hey here's a Content outline here's a thumbnail here's a title you should definitely do this short form and long form like someone who's really like all in and becoming a growth partner on YouTube so that's super or just in social social media in general super valuable to me

as a Creator right and then the third one is someone who is helping me on like the back end of scaling it so leads coming through who don't buy they get on an email list in a community so someone who is a uh sort of appointment setter or closer or some sort of email uh marketer helping to maximize the sales so that we can help those people as well so which one is easier to uh start with is it like the backend like conversion rate optimization specialist well it's it's not really because you're not you

don't have the skills yet so is it then someone who is an offer owner should you just create your own products well that can be sort of challenging when you don't have again any of the skills is it running ads no because then again you need to know everything instead what if you just start visual what if you just start visual like you just start designing the sales page putting it together Tech super easy you can find all the tutorials depending on the software like clickfunnels high level system Shopify how to do it it's coool

like how to do how to set this up tutorial review like there's tutorials in this course and it's free right so getting started is the easy part if you just help them sort of Rebrand create a premium uh visual brand Identity or design graphics for the sales page especially because you can use templates I'll even give you I think some templates in this course as well so starting Visual and then going towards the back end of like optimization and all that comes later and then the third step long term to become a million dooll Creator

is to have your own products as well but we'll get there I'm going to give you the fast lane to getting started and making your first $1,000 $5,000 and then $7,000 10,000 and then making that 10,000 per month or just for some of you you're happy if you just make 5,000 a month maybe you're in a job right now you're not even making more than 5,000 a month so maybe you're happy with that all right I wanted to create a checklist for you as well so this is a 30-day Kickstart checklist sort of like it'll

help you get the idea of how this works but also Al the tools like what's information without tools right and if you're like me if you're like someone who's hardw workking you're like I just want to know what to do and then I'll do it if that's you then you're at the right place because you have a checklist now as well so just watch this entire course it's free it doesn't cost you anything and just like stay focused and be H have like an open mind to this even if you don't know what a funnel

agency is yet or if you're like I'm not a funnel Builder or I don't even stand funnels just watch the video and then the more you watch it it'll start clicking and you like you'll be like this is crazy why didn't anyone tell me this it's because nobody was doing this when I got started I had to learn this whole game and then once I've personally made a million dollars building funnels I can now show you how to do the same and and sort of reverse engineer and say step one do this step two do

this step three I know exactly what to do and we're going to dive into a check check list and then a funy blueprint that shows you how to think about picking the market there's four things you have to have in place and I'll walk you through all of this all of those as well all right so now let's dive into the fun Builder fast lane I always talk about the Freedom Fast Lane how to get to Freedom true Freedom actually having a business that provides for you where you can work from anywhere so location Freedom

uh where you don't charge per time unit meaning you don't charge per hour you don't charge per month but you actually charge based on the value and if you do charge per month is going to be like 5,000 a month 10,000 a month like I've done when I've sold recurring uh Services as a fun Builder so fun fast lane is really like everything you need to start and scale a funnel building business now you can be a funnel manager doesn't have to be a funnel agency you can be a funnel Builder and I'm going to

show you the different uh ways to make money with funnels so just uh stay with me and watch the entire course but this is the simple straight to the point and nothing you don't need a checklist it's almost like and we we have another 30-day checklist as well this is more like the overview of it so strategic decisions that you're going to make are what Niche or Market am I going into so remember how I said that Creator industry uh personal Brands because there's a lot of um funnels that you can sell to them and

when I say funnels is kind of like landing pages websites and that sort of thing uh offer so you need to make a decision on what you're going to include in your offer I got you don't worry you can look literally just copy what I do uh pricing uh where you going to start how much you going to charge for it and what's the the end game the goal assets required so this is everything you need before you start a portfolio a domain so like your portfolio.com a simple logo final examples to show people and

then social media profiles and uh then you're ready to go skills required communication funnel strategy copyrighting Design Tech conversion optimization this is long-term what you really want to do is to build a brand around all of this and then accelerators once you're there once you're making like five 7 10,000 a month is building a personal brand YouTube you know if you want to do YouTube you don't have to but you can uh hiring team members retainers and just like scaling up Outsourcing and uh we call this Arbitrage where you you don't do everything yourself you

um connect the clients to the right uh team members who can uh you can Outsource it you don't have to pay them retainers you you can actually just uh pay them based on projects as well so money comes in let's say it's 5,000 you pay out 2.5k you keep the other 2.5k while Outsourcing everything systems and slps so product management systems and everything to manage it and then like I've done you can Outsource all the work and automate the the funnel funnel agency if you will or funnel building process everything from a project manager coo

who runs the operation and um that's what I've done now so my entire fun agency is automated so Step One is Niche or market so pick a growing Market with huge demand already and after this video you're going to see an entire master class on how to do that what to look for but real quick uh remember the study I said 5002 528 billion by 2030 um sources Global News wi and coherent marketing insights or Market insights and this is really the the Creator economy um what this means is that a lot of people are

monetizing their creativity and their message the creat communities and with that comes a lot of needs for websites and uh landing pages and sales funnels for all those people because they sell their own offers as well so we're going to pick creators in some s shape or form like you can work with anyone you want like I also consider like consultant creators like personal brand anyone who's like a personal brand so podcasts like they need their own offers as well like there's so many opportunities in this space so list out everything that you're going to

do for them so for example you can copy what I do and this is a really good offer because think of it as a plate you talk to a client and you say you know your your your idea is to launch a paid membership or an online course great now here's everything that I've seen from my experience that you need in order to do that like you need to research search your Market obviously to to know the offer and everything and then you need premium branding because you you want your your brand to be seen

as like the go-to in your market right you you want to be number one so that you can build trust right copywriting so the text on the pages design all the graphics and The Branding the colors the font all that um and by the way I'm going to show you exactly where to find the font uh what color palette to use um how to find inspiration for the design all of that I even have design tutorials in this course Tech and automation so we're going to have uh we're just going to set it up for

you in your software so if you want to use high LEL if you want to use my white label version of it that's the another cool part too like we are personally using a wh label version of high level if you've never heard of high level it's just a the best all-in-one software to to run an online business CU they have websites um invoices CRM pipeline calendar uh cont like everything is in one place emails automations um I mean courses communities everything in one place so the outcome could be like we're going to help you

generate more automated cor sales with 247 course funnel if you work with coaches it's going to be like high converting coaching funnels to book you qualified appointments or get you more coaching clients so it's the outcome so it comes with all this it's live within 14 days from payment for just 3500 uh um you know so this is literally my my invoice what it looks like right now it's so simple it's just here's everything that that that is included and it's like uh delivery within 30 days from payment or live within 14 days from payment

right and then it's just the the amount they put their information here and they pay so they pay up front meaning you never have to chase client invoices anymore so step three then once you have your your Niche and you have your uh offer is is to to build some example funnels so download my templates and customize them then put them in a template uh like this where you say sales funnel homepage course funnel and you just put like you can see I did this when I built in clickfunnels I do it now that i'

that I'm building in in high level and I just show like here's the funnel type it's by me here's what it looks like and now I can use this when I do Outreach messaging uh or when I post content and it's great cuz you don't need clients to get started to do this right you can do concept funnels like go to your favorite creators and just take what they have download a template customize it and post it and tag them or send it to them or using your portfolio if you add a warning like disclaimer

because you can't say it's yours if they haven't hired you but you can get started build concept funnels you can even come up with a fake brand and just create the the logo the text the images use pexels.com for uh images and then you can just build your own concept funnel that isn't the real business just to show what you can do so you can see now how this is a this is something you can start in a weekend in a night like today literally because Nothing is Stopping even the software is free for 30

days design like figma decom to design it is free for 30 days actually they have a free plan forever but high level and clickfunnels and all these softwares like you can try them for free and then just cancel if you want to cancel them but you can at least get started now you have examples you can just launch your portfolio I have a template as well for this uh you find links to all types of stuff uh in the description below um and and this probably this is you know the the best stuff you've seen

online for free because I normally charge for all of this but I want to help you out for free as well so launch your portfolio get a domain uh download it and upload your funnels and um that's that's that's now you have your portfolio live right so now you're going to optimize your social media profile some people ask me like what are the best platforms to to use is it Twitter Youtube Instagram Facebook to me I like to have like three that I use so I use Facebook I use Instagram and I use Twitter so

uh I optimize my profiles I link to my uh my um portfolio and I have a cover Banner that looks sort of clean like professional you just just want wanted to look uh professional and clean so that they trust you um nothing crazy so then we have your profile picture just have it of your face so people can see you and um now you can start posting content so there's two ways to get clients it's by inbound and outbound inbound is when you post content people come to you and outbound is where you message people

so uh the key is really to make your content really about the same thing so you Niche down on funnels and conversions and like if you work with coaches you're going to Niche down on course coaches as well and talk about like the struggles the desires best ways to get clients for a coach and you're really just the guy helping them monetize so you don't run their ads or do anything with traffic you just help them with converting leads to to uh clients with funnels and they're 247 sales people you know that's what a funnel

is it's a 24/7 sales machine so then uh you can start messaging people with a no no risk no brainer offer things like I'll do the first one for free so I always use an example of people messing me with uh video editing or thumbnails uh because I'm a Creator and um people who do the first one for free I always say yes because it's no risk for me meaning it doesn't require even even a any brain like energy because they can just take what I have do first one for free message me if it's

good and here's the thing if it's good I'll hire them if it's not good I'm going to be like sorry no it doesn't work but there's millions of creators and you can reach out to to them offering something before you even do it so only when they reply is when you do it right and then you can go to communities so the biggest secret is community not because you can post in them because you know people try that and uh it comes off as spam if you try to hard so just add them as your

friends and add them at like start following them depending on the platform just start interacting with them um and get them to like reply to your first message you know so that could be like hey are you the founder of actually like you you can see in their profile what they do so go to profiles uh check out their their link and you can either be really up front and say like hey I love working with course graders like you and I'm happy to build your first course learning page uh redesigned for free just as

a a value up front no strings attach uh I don't even need anything from you just let me know if you want it and I'll I'll send it over I'll take what you have and and work with it right so something super simple then you offer free project for a testimonial so you can say like you can make a post actually as well but you can also message people like want a free funnel build 100% done for you without paying a single dollar I'm looking for two clients who fit these criteria so who are existing

business owners to build a brand new pH or redesign one you have currently just comment interested below and I'll reach out so then you can uh qualify people invite them to discover a call just to ask more questions like hey uh where's the offer at right now like just so I know kind of if it's a new offer or if it's a a high converting offer already and just qualify them then you automate your onboarding I have a form that you can copy as well and then you really start working on mastering funnel conversions so

that you become an expert this is the long-term game game and then take the funnels to you build for people turning into promotions posting the funnels that you do just talk about like what you're doing and use it as like storytelling and uh Outsource everything else so step 14 is just double download what you want to do if you love sales great sell and Outsource everything if you're a creative like me do the funnels yourself just close in DMS you don't even have to do sales calls just keep your calendar empty you'll love the business

if you're creative person um and even if you don't feel creative just kind of like introvert you know you don't love doing sales calls you can just do this uh as a as a solo preneur as well you don't have to have a team and then that's where you scale up either sales calls or DM closes and get more projects so this is really all there is to the overall business kind of how it works but I'm going to break down how to really like go deep on all these as well so I'll see you

in the next one of um of really getting getting started with all of this all right so that's sort of the initial checklist for you so just so you see that there's this can actually be easy to follow along with as well now I'm going to walk you through the final easy blueprint which is like the four steps to pick in a market really what you want to know is like you want to have a good understanding of how to get the clients and what to look for cuz there's red flags do you look you

need to look out for there's green flags that say oh this is really good client I really want to work with these and I know they can for me as well which is a key so let's di uh dive in to that one now all right so let's dive in the funcy blueprint this exact same process that I went through as I started out to now having hundreds of clients and building 500 funnels and also people from all over the world from uh Italy to Portugal to Norway to Denmark to people here local friends and

South Africa India Philippines like we have a world community of people doing this and they all follow this exact process there's seven stages and so I'm going to walk you through what those are and show you how to be successful with this business so going to start with the first one which is trendy market and I'll go deeper here in a second but basically what you want to do is you don't want to go into a market who can't afford you it's hard to find you it's hard to find them right and they don't have

um the need for what you are selling you got to educate them and develop this like long-term relationship before you start working together I would rather like find people who are already hungry like sell to someone who's hungry if you had a restaurant you would rather pick someone who's like I need this and I need it now and that's how I've been able to sell I think my record is 12 minutes from people messaging me to sending the invoice getting paid is 12 minutes and that's because it works so well it's cuz we're targeting red

hot markets that are trendy so we'll talk about the four pillars of trending markets agency offers so how do you sell instead of a logo designer or graphic design how do you sell not even funnel design but a funnel buildout a funnel project a funnel ecosystem that is super valuable and then we're going to talk about portfolio hacking if you're starting out how do you build instant credibility and Authority how do you use examples to close deals exactly like I have done just this week I did did it again lead flow and client conversions so

these are number four and five uh lead flow is both inbound and outbound so what's the difference between building a personal brand when you get people coming to you through content and Outreach where you message someone or you send them an email and you offer a no risk a uh no commitment right and a no-brainer offer on the front end so you get a lot of people interested you could Target dream clients um by providing value up front and then number six how do you create the onboarding systems so that you can streamline your business

business for number seven which is the assembly line the agency assembly line which is how do you automate most of your business and if you if you're trying to build like let's say this 10 uh main funnel types if you're trying to build um funnels for everyone every Market every funnel type imagine how stressed out you're going to be and I don't know because I've done it I've done it because I wanted to learn so if you're like me you're like I just want to learn everything then sure you can do that if you're like

I want to make money in 30 days and a quick as possible then you want to pick one offer one Niche one funnel type mainly um one to three because of the funnel agency um ecosystem we'll talk about the funnel ecosystems stage one is then trending markets how to find red hot markets with ready to buy dream customers so number one is increasing demand so if you look at a market how do you know that they um want to buy from you you pick one that has an increasing demand so one way you can look

at this and I wrote down a few things here uh for notes is the market needs to be growing in terms of potential clients like the billion dollar per day education and self-improvement market right and so I don't personally love working with local businesses you can there's a lot of people who are successful agency owners with local businesses but typically what you see with those is you sell ads and the funnel and you so you like you manage the traffic for them and it's like more management and when a market is growing businesses are born

so every day there's like uh thousands and thousand of businesses being born in the infos space and these are course crators coaches Consultants authors speakers right and I love work book are doing a virtual event uh we have a new Mastermind like these type of offers are fun to work with they're growing industry and they're increasing demand so you look at e-learning Market um is estimated to be at 1 trillion by 2028 so it's a huge market like that's a great example um that doesn't mean you have to just focus on at course creators because

it's e-learning there's a few examples and options for you within that market um for example we got softwares communities and products so you look at are there increasing softwares in this industry are there increasing amounts of communities being born and then also digital products softwares for example you look at high level clickfunnels kajabi there's like all these new softwares popping up and they're helping business owners host their funnels their website the courses communities and everything and so there's an increasing demand that's why these customers are great to serve and to build these for them imagine

the thousands the millions of dollars they're spending on advertising and you just pick it up by helping them out as you know done for you Services versus doing you know the software that they're providing already communities so we got coaches course creators authors there's like topic specific so these are careers the other one is software it's the it's the vehicle coaches course authors are like the career paths so communities that are around the careers and then products we got challenges events courses and now you look at the different offers so offer type demand number two

high profit margin so I recommend when you're working with people you pick a market that has increasing demand and high profit margins because you must work with clients who have products with high profit margins or massive volume those are the two options so I would rather work with someone who sells a $25,000 Master mine who can easily pay me 7 to 10,000 for one funnel versus someone who's selling $10 products and need to make like hundreds of sales to recoup that investment they must also value Outsourcing things like sales funnels and already have the mindset

of a CEO no beginner clients right and yes you're starting out maybe you need to go for a little bit of a lower caliber and then work your way up to these type of bigger clients but that is the end goal so if you sell funnels to e-commerce business for example which I've done a lot of students in our program has done this successfully um they might be selling something like $100 products or less um we got info products so people are selling $1,000 $2,000 uh programs and you got services so uh working with someone

who's let's say a an SEO agency and you build this funnel for them and they're selling 5K plus uh type of services or maybe even coaching Services where they're selling something for 10K and you're the funnel builder for them so the math behind this I think is important to understand because if you look at the project fee it's like if the project is 5,000 that's the one that you sell to them they need to sell a hundred products of $50 to break even for for what they're paying you versus mid ticket so someone selling a

course funnel is$ 3500 um or you selling a course funnel to them is profitable if they just sell four of those so if they sell four courses at 1,000 and the charging um the charging 1K for those you're charging 4K or less for your service your funnel then they're already at break even and then High tick is even easier cuz if they're selling something for 25,000 but you're charging 12,000 let's say it's the opin page the uh V vssl script it's the application form it's the tech integration it's the emails um the reminders the the

tech and everything then you know 12,000 isn't that much because they're selling higher ticket $25,000 Master mins so just simple math you know if someone is selling 5,000 and you charge that is is one deal why so very very simple the next part is they have to be solution aware so they have to be aware about funnels already not problem aware but solution aware so um they must know that sales funnels will help them grow their business otherwise you're wasting time convincing them and I'm not saying it's impossible to sell to those people I would

just rather it's kind of like if you're selling you know CrossFit coaching and your personal trainer you probably rather want to sell it to someone who's like hey I'm looking for some who can help me and Coach me in CrossFit they already know what it is versus someone's like hey I I want to lose weight build some muscle but like I don't want to go to a gym really and you got to convince them like you you should go because they have CrossFit equipment and it's really good for you and it's like a lot of

convincing so here's a few red flags when picking your uh target audience and customer Avatar so things they might be saying is like what's a sales funnel how do I know if I need one who can guarantee results I only pay once you deliver results I'm looking to partner with someone so like people who are not willing to invest they not may be sure what a funnel is uh they want a 100% guarantee that this is going to work and nothing is 100% certain as you know and if you're building a funnel for them but

they're driving traffic maybe they're doing organic traffic Facebook Instagram Tik Tok YouTube Twitter and they're doing the traffic then how can you be responsible for all the results you can't what you can do is you can help them increase conversions in the conversion elements the sales funnels but you can't run the business for them so instead of working with people like this I call these green flags I know I need a funnel but I don't have the time to build it myself who's the perfect funnel Builder and so that's why you might be seeing a

lot of people asking they're making Facebook posts and um on social media they're asking for people like hey who would you recommend which is why in the client Converses we're going to try to go from getting clients to you and messaging people to actually automate it with referrals by building skills that people love and and actually getting happy clients and so other things they say is like I want to hire someone at the same time I want the best of the best and I'm happy to pay for it um I've been studying funnels but I

feel a little overwhelmed with all the info so I'm getting a lot of people from different communities they might be buying a software and they're like I just I don't want to do it myself I like what they're doing here I like what this company is doing whether this high level or clickfunnels like I not I know what they're teaching and I know I want it but I don't have time to figure out all the tech and like the building of it that's why I sell complete packages with design copy funnel strategy Tech integration mobile

optimization all of that so if someone is only problem aware they might be saying like my sales are down from this to this I'm not making enough sales I'm getting low conversions the sales m is off engagement is down nobody's engaging with my stuff I'm not getting enough leads or calls on my calendar versus someone who's solution aware like they know they're struggling but they know what they need as well I need to learn sales funnels I want to find a funnel Builder I need this type of funnel where can I find the best I

want someone full stack how much for everything included right and those are the type of clients that you want to work with and then number four we got available online so um got trending Market uh which is increasing demand High profit margins solution aware and available online so let's talk about the last one is is crucial you must be able to reach them with a simple message online you must also be able to create content and attract them to you and they must be searching for Solutions online already we talked about being solution aware but

now through social media platforms some of them like YouTube you can't really message them so that's inbound long term where you put out people see the link in the description they start trusting you they can book a call or message you I've uh close deals that way as well through email but most of them come from a platform where I can message them like Facebook where I know the communities I can find them I can add them to my newsfeed my friends list and I can start posting content which I would do anyways it's you

know it's who I am I'm a Creator I'm a builder so I'm going to post that content every single day no matter what so you um I Heard a quote once someone said like this is who I am so this is what I do so I post content every single day like why would I not and um people who say they don't want to do that I know there's attention but like like oh do I have to post content like there's so many worse jobs out there that are physically impossible to do and they're like

almost killing you cuz it's so tough and US funnel builders for some reason we don't even want to post content it it's crazy to me but anyways Outreach inbound I'm able to find them one on one through social media and that's where I want to go and find my my my U market so green flags you can lo locate them online you can access their profiles you can message them directly uh you can have a conversation you can create content they see you can build relationships and then red flags you'd have to physically go there

so I don't go to local businesses right uh you can start that way if you just want to get your portfolio charge 500 bucks um initially and like what do they called these like business Chambers um like these local meetups but uh it's typically not the best and it's also limiting if you want to like travel you work from home work from anywhere um second thing is like you can't reach the decision maker so this a red flag if you try to cold call you can't reach the decision maker because they have um they have

someone like sort of uh filtering through people your content isn't being seen so red flag is if your content isn't being seen by them um um you can't message them one one red flag you can't build a connection and your personal brand isn't growing so these are things to keep in mind when picking your social media channels and markets and then great examples of this um is when you have your brand and your messaging dialed in and messaging is a part of branding for sure but uh it needs to be congruent so Facebook profile Facebook

groups messenger Instagram profile Instagram DMS LinkedIn profile LinkedIn messages um Tik Tok profile Tik Tok DMS YouTube channel email list Twitter profile Twitter DMS and direct email everything should be them why they should care what are the pain points and problems that you solve for them um and then why are you qualified to help them right so now you have those four and now we can move on to agency offers so um how to create agency offers that are Grand Slam offers that sell themselves so I saw this um this book by Alex Heros talked

about the $100 million offers and the value equation so we're going to talk about that in a second but before we do there's like three different beliefs that every single business owner has uh Russell Bronson I think he got it from Dan Kennedy they talk about the vehicle so like funnels and I need to believe that this your service with funnels is going to help me but then the second one is internal if you help me I still have to believe internally that I am worth it I'm able to get results with the funnel so

traffic conversions delivery and then external like time money resources is going to be worth the investment when I hire you right so it's like those three elements of beliefs and so I came up with a simplified version for funnel Builders and funnel agencies like the product people and priorities so the product based beliefs do I believe in the vehicle to get me to my current situation um my to my uh dream destination sorry from my current situation people do I believe I can get results that I'm good enough to do this I don't have enough

experience but also so internal but also you so we have opportunity and vehicle are sales funnels sales funnels are the key to get me results in my business to get me more freedom the funnel type is the vehicle within the opportunity opportunity sales funnels the vehicle is the funnel type that you're selling to them you might be selling the challenge funnel you might be selling um course funnels you might be selling book funnels that's the vehicle people are like I know I can do this and I know you can help me right and keep this

in mind as we're going through the value equation and priority do I believe that this is a priority for me and how will it make me more money and save me time or might even do just one of those so like either save time or make me more money okay so um we're going to go deeper into uh free versus paid offers or of that later but just to kind of give you an overview a lot of times um so I talked about Outreach um when you're starting to reach out to people you want to

control how many people you can reach there's like there a lot of things you can say and most people say hey I connected with you on a Facebook group and yada yada and like it's just it feels fake it's copy paste versus saying like hey I saw your a course creator like I actually build a lot of funnels for course CRS like you like I would love to send you a free funnel template if you want to um take a look at it right or I would be happy to give you uh a free call

or free video like a loom audit uh type of video to just show you a few things that are working super well right now no strings attach um highly successful you can either uh message them do you willing to do something for free or you can cut through the noise and do something for free and send it to them right you wouldn't do that to hundreds of people cuz you you know sure you'd be building your skills in your portfolio but you'd be wasting a lot of time because not everyone is going to see your

message but your dream clients they like I really want to work with this person um and then you can use the the sign on calls where you're like hey um I think this would work great for you I actually have a few examples I can share my screen and show you and then you have that in your portfolio only so uh digital ebook checklist Rebrand redesign strategy call these are three things you can offer and then when it comes to the paid offer the thing that we actually sell these are things like funnel strategy uh

market research branding offer creation copyrighting convers Design Tech automation conversion optimization um emails SMS everything that comes with a sales funnel project so this is the belief chain in order for them to buy they need to believe that sales funnels is the vehicle they need to believe the specific funnel type that's why sometimes we get on a call and I explain to them like it probably makes more sense for you to do a free trial to this thing they put in their card it takes them to an upsell you sell them a bundle you sell

them the implementation of it and you have like two upsells right and confirm like we give them the strategy and the different funnel type so they see the vision once they see it they're like okay that makes sense that will work now they're looking for the person to implement it because you give them the strategy they're looking to hire you as well so spe fun time service provider you trusting you and then time to launch so like how soon can we launch this and then how much do I believe that it's worth it right and

so that's how we you know provide everything included it's live in 14 days we support you 24/7 we do ab split testing to stand out from other people who just selling funnel design it's completely hands off for you so it's easy from idea to real uh reality um which leads me to the value equation so value equals benefits I get from this and this value or the opposite to value is drawbacks I have to accept in order to get the results I want because if I go to the gym that's a drawback or like a

negative uh connotation sort of with like the effort and sacrifice I have to put in versus the muscles which is the dream outcome so dream outcome uh times likelihood of achievement uh Alex kosi talks a lot about this this is his value equation so credit to him time delay so that um and time delay times effort and sacrifice so the value goes up the bigger the dream outcome is and the likelihood of achievement the fin type the opportunity you being able to deliver it okay and they being able to implement and get results with it

okay take that against the time is going to take to get the result and the effort and sacrifice they're going to have to put up in order to get the result so that's uh how you create offer um offers for for agencies we're going to dive deeper later but I want to see kind of like okay we're going to do everything for you right and we have results we have portfolio time delay you're not going to have to do anything is live in 14 days or 21 days I used to do seven then it was

14 then it was 21 now it's 30 days because we have a team now um and it's bigger project effort sacrifice you don't have to do anything in fact you don't even have to do a call with us it's just an onboarding form where you fill out info we don't have to go back and forth we have everything so um that is agency offers portfolio hacking how to create a portfolio that does the selling for you so I mentioned example closing a little bit but I want to talk about First Impressions first so let's say

you that you want to lose weight so this is trainer a you want to get in shape so you go down to the gym nobody set at the reception so you wait there for a few minutes and then some you know someone finally comes in um they don't necessarily smile or look at you they're just you know they're there they like acknowledge you but it smells a little bit of cigarettes in there there's a negative mood can't even spell negative that's how negative it is there's low energy and you're not really interested because you're not

getting the it's like your God feeling is telling you something's off and so you're like I don't know you know you probably want to get out of there as soon as possible so trainer B is or the experience B is you go to the next gym where you're met with someone smiling at you from the first second so they uh shake your hand not share your hand Goen they welcome you in you feel at home instantly so your God Instinct say yes this is perfect and at thought moment you decide that this is the right

place before you've even heard the offer right before you even heard the offer you know that I would rather work with this person you know same thing in business same thing in a funnel agency your PO portfolio gives people at first impression of you and what you can do for them before they even get to the offer before they even know all the deliverables that's why sometimes people talk about objections the more you can educate them and build trust before the call call or in the beginning of the call the less objections there are on

the call so I want said a client um you might know them from this image um I had a client and they wanted to uh launch the next upw or the next event and so I simply prepared for the call I knew that they wanted it for an event and I had this vision for what I um what I wanted to build for them but it didn't started there it started with me doing research like what would I suggest if I was there in person and I was their consultant right so I did a lot

of research and found and when I say research I just looked at dribbble.com I looked at Pinterest and I I Googled and I looked for different event funnels and I just shared a few screenshots um and my portfolio but on the call when they were looking through people like who to hire and remember this is a nine figure brand uh um and so I just shared examples I said is it cool if I share a few examples like I just I have this Vision what I think would work great and I remember this was one

of the images so like gradient like energetic but still clean and professional and so this wasn't the only one cuz I obviously you can see here it didn't turn out like this it was just one of them to show kind of my vision and so you can do research before the calls grab screenshots just put in the figma board of like ton of examples some of them can be your own projects that you've worked on but you can also find other projects that you have nothing to do with you just show them here's what I

think would work great for your brand and that's just a visual example which works great to build a initial trust so uh here's a few examples of other screenshots um but you can look at other people's Pages full pages mockups you can look at so if they say they're selling course funnels um you can screenshot those and add the different mock the graphics from those pages as well so that you build this mood board and it's the same way as you do with the client branding so when you start with a client what do you

do first a mood board right and so you can use example closing finding inspiration just sharing that with them okay so with that here's how I do example closing on the call I start the call with connecting with them and then just sort of like hey uh where you based awesome so it's pretty early there uh 9:00 a.m. EST oh that's 400 p.m. here in Finland it's nice to connect with you and um interested in kind of what you're building excited to see to learn more about what you do and how I can help you

start connecting with them collecting the right information and this is where it's crucial cuz it's not just visual sure if you're selling a redesign or funnel design or branding that's important the visual is uh important but I use it as a way to visually explain my vision for them but then the expertise and The credibility comes in where you talk about like okay so what we need to focus on is like increasing the optim page uh the conversions for the optin page but also the conversion rate to booking a call from the vssl or we

need to increase conversion rate from people opting in to buying on the order form so it's like knowing the conversion rates from to back end is what's important the more information you collect and we have a sales Master Class on this from one of the best sales trainers in the world you can watch but collect information and then just closing the deal with exactly what they want exactly what they need we're going to do everything for you now me personally I'm a creative person so I'll do something I'll Outsource the rest um there's a quote

that goes something like do what you do best and Outsource the rest I also think it's like do what you love the most and then you just Outsource um other things to your team so step one you're trying to figure out context what they want their goals so like if the goal is to scale this up with paid ads you would suggest a funnel that works for cold traffic on ads to recoup the ad spend having upsells things of that nature uh for example if they run ads you don't want to sell them a funnel

uh with a 30-day free trial just because that's what they think they they want cuz it's going to take 30 days to get the money back and a lot of people going to cancel but if you sell a free trial in a bundle that comes with an upsell an order bump another upsell like 97 297 boom you get the money back up front you can scale profitably to the thing they wanting to uh scale in the first place so context example of funnels so if they want to challenge funnel I'm like yeah actually I saw

um Russell Brunson click funel are doing one high level is doing one Tony Robbins is doing a challenge and I just showed them a few examples so I'm confirming their beliefs I'm confirming the plan and I'm expanding their Vision what's possible and so that's the step three is like paint the vision for them and that's portfolio hacking um in a few minutes obviously it goes deeper we have more training on how to to build all of this number four is the lead flow so I told I talked a little bit about inbound and outbound so

let's talk about how to build a predictable stream of qualified leads um so clients come to you versus you going to them the difference between them is one you push and one you pull and the energy is either power or scarcity so sure when you reach out to people you can still like be of a of of servitude um you can come off with this abundance energy and people won't feel like you're desperate but in most cases uh people who are just starting out they sort of have this an iety that they need to get

paid instantly and so it comes off in their messaging like um like people feel that you need it more than them right more than they need you and so instead it has to be more like you know both your content when you're doing promotion has to be more laidback here's what we're doing here's what we're working on uh here's what most clients are are struggling with and you talk about real life examples that they can re resonate with for me let's say I'm trying to grow on YouTube I would resonate if someone is posting thumbnails

that are working maybe split test that they did with thumbnails um a new video that went viral and why it went viral a uh title why it converted into clicks so well see these are things that a YouTuber would think about so a coach a course grador or someone in your industry the niche they you're targeting they have like these 10 problems that trying to solve right so for YouTuber it could be like the thumbnail the title the intro of the video the editing like there's always the 10 problems and then with a funnel Builder

or funnel agency you want to write down like the 10 biggest problems for your uh your Niche and you just create content around that and you solve one of them by sending out messages to reaching more people because you can control that if you can reach U 100 people you can message 100 people versus like waiting for 100 people to message you through content obviously you'll get more views and reach with content but but you want to do both so uh let's go through some examples of these um inbound lead flow um I call this

first one the limited offer post so this where you would create a design if you don't have clients you just do a concept design so um you would make a poll something like I just finished this uh Design This Vision that I had for a brand in this uh industry and here's kind of my thought process behind it you explain the project if it's a real client you would say something I just finished our project we're happy with the outcome grateful I got the chance to work with this client on aming Project got two more

spots this month if you want to work Lo in a spot get a an automated sales phone for your business comment info below and send me a message so the visual would be something grabs attention so visually appealing funnel uh could have multiple Pages or it could have like the mood board or could have you with your laptop and the funnel it could have the client in their business like it could have whatever image that strengthens your person brand and also gets their attention in this noisy social media world and that is the first one

is like limiting offer post something of either value or positioning you as a the go-to expert and then having invitation to message or comment info below to uh to um to get your help uh second one is outbound so the audit Outreach hey Sarah I so you're selling meal plans for stay home moms that's awesome I recorded a short screen share video with a few tips that can help you sell even more meal plans let me know if you want it and I'm happy to send it over no pitch no email required um you can

tweak this so this is just a template if everyone goes and just copy paste this it's not going to work because we got a thousand people Plus in our program but you can go and you can look at okay why would he say that to provide value okay so how can I provide value so you can change it to hey Sarah I saw that you're selling me plans for stay atome moms um that's awesome I actually work with people just like you and I'd be happy to give you a free redesign of the page if

you're ever looking to upgrade it if not totally cool as well right so it's like this this like friendly tone it's not desperate and you operate from a place of power inbone no risk grandl offer promotion so I'll do the first project free of charge for you in exchange you send me testimony if you love it sound fair comment below and you have a funnel and then you say like free funnel designed for one lucky person if you get more than one person common thing you can reach talk to them and say like hey hey

just want to qualify you make sure you're an existing business owner see what you're already working on cuz I'm only picking one now the puck is on your side because you're the one doing it for free so you have leverage and then if you do something great for them you have a new funnel in your portfolio you have a new social media post from it you have a new testimonial and a new uh path to get referrals because you got one client happy you get one client you make them happy um per week that is

going to be 52 happy clients who can can be referrals for you the next year so that's powerful which leads me to out on lead flow number four partner referral system so hey how's it going had a ton of fun work with you on the previous project you know anyone else needing our funnel building service I'm happy to pay 10% of the total fee for everyone you send my way that's a way to reach out to people that you work with already so we got more examples in the program you can start watching those as

well but I want you to see the picture from like oh that's why he's picking the market that's the offer that's the portfolio right and like my portfolio is so simple you can go to uh my portfolio and check it out it's like there's just a ton of uh funnel designs and and like visually showing what I can do for them and then the clients that you get will be whether you get testimonials or you get data you can just add those later but you start with something simple that's why anyone can do this because

you can just give them um a few cents that you can create as concept funnels even if you don't have clients so that's how you get your first um your first portfolio uh launched client conversions so how to convert leads into paying clients so a few things that people look at and again we have a sales Master Class on this as well you can watch so the first thing is grammar so this may not seem like a huge deal but if you can't spell short senten in messenger when communicating with prospects they don't believe you

able to deliver high quality service for them either think about it it's easy to learn if you put in the time and it shows your focus put attention to details so don't message people like like hey or like when you follow up it's just a question mark That's lazy it's almost rude it's arrogant for you to expect someone who's busy to message you the same day so communicate with the right grammar and be professional about it also communicate short answers like it can be friendly and professional at the same time not these long paragraphs just

like it looks like you copyed from chat GPT responsiveness so are you engaging if you don't reply to your message within minutes or hours sometimes you'll risk losing the DLC them choose someone else for the project that's why I like to ask short questions keep the conversation going until I got the info I need to make the mum offer obviously sometimes you sleep so you don't respond within minutes or hours but at least respond within 24 hours neediness I talked about following up a little bit don't follow up with people too often it smells desperation

from a mile away people can feel it especially if you're communicating a way that feels needy instead position yourself as someone who's serving them not the way around they're not serving you sure they pay the bills but without you building the funnels for them their business is going to suffer so they actually need you more so instead of saying hey just checking in to see if you had any questions on this or hey just following up where you're like you're look it looks like you need need them more you can say something like hey just

finished another project I had some time to check check in with you on this or the one that actually saw this one from Jeremy Miner from seventh level um who said yeah just finished another product had some time to check in with you I've actually used uh a similar approach for years now before I heard of Jeremy it was something like um hey just checking in on this I just finished no I said hey just finished another product wanted to share with with you um and then I sent the funnel that I had built for

someone else so if they had forgotten about me sure that's a great follow up because it's not needy uh but also if they're not sure if they're on the fence they're not sure what to do they see that I'm still out here building like I'm not going to wait for them um I'm not I don't need them I do want to work with them that's why I'm following up but it's not in a needy way and so that's why you can send a product and be like hey I just finished this I wanted to share

with you um and then they either like it reply back or they're like um they start communicating with why they haven't been messaging you like hey I was super busy um things like that next one insecurity getting too excited so nobody likes to buy from a fanboy who's getting too excited just from someone reaching out because it shows that you're not used to working high level people so um there's been been a few people like Tony Robbins team Russell Branson personally Alex Heros personally um these people have Steve lson like these people have messaged me

when I was just starting out um a few years ago and and I could have been like fanboying out and I was excited sure but you know quickly I just identified the situation and said like Hey we're you know we're all equal we're all the same so I'm just going to be normal so treat them with the L same level of enthusiasm as people even if you look up to them and it's okay to be excited just don't put them on a pedestal right like be be like hey I would love to help you not

oh my gosh I can't believe you messaged me laziness next one being too lazy so bely replying to their messages showing that you appreciate them for reaching out and how much you care about actually understanding their needs ask them the right questions and respond with conversational messages like you would to a friend um not overly hyped but also not in a need push away so if if they're asking you hey can I see some some examples can I see some of your previous work if you're like sure and you send one image and that's it

then like you're asking for them to constantly ask more stuff when it should be you controlling the conversation you should hold the frame like yeah here's a few examples if they say how much do you charge you could be like yeah I'm happy to share some my pricing uh packages it it does depend though a little bit on what what you want included so maybe you could share first like how many pages are we talking do you have an upsell or some of that sort of thing and then they can you know expand and you

can collect more information connect collect and close uh annoying so asking too many questions this can be a huge turnoff for potential clients especially if they're big ones if you keep asking them all these questions about their business aren really relevant to the project like think about it you're asking all these things like hey what's your sho shoe size um no but if you're like hey where do you see yourself in 90 days they're like bro I'm already at eight figures like stop with the script so don't listen to gurus that tell you to ask

them where they want to be in three months from now successful people know when you're trying too hard okay so you can definitely ask like hey what's your current conversion rate I'm curious to know just so I know where we're starting out um you can also say like hey what's this uh this offer doing right now per month is just so I know kind of the traffic we're getting and things like that you can ask information without being annoying and uh next one is decisiveness so not asking for the sale just um you know you

ask a ton of questions but you never like try to close the deal so stop asking questions we have all the info you need just tell them sounds good that's all I need to get started and then you can fill out our onboarding form later with more info so we don't have to go back and forth as we build up the funnel for you this will usually prompt the question about your fees where you charge uh which means they're interested in you if they're like okay sounds good I'll be in touch then you're like hm

what did I do wrong CU they're not even asking what it was um what it was going to be but if they're you know if you have all the info you're like sounds good like you close it you move it over to from collect to close you're like sounds great I have everything I need right now and um I think what makes sense for you is and then you just repeat it back a sales page and upsell uh sorry sales page order from upsell one upsell 2 so we have the templates and then we have

the bundle and then confirmation page and then we just add an automation to integrate it with your Course membership area they're like sweet how much would it be and then that's where you stack like um so normal will charge for you I'd love to work with you we can do it for this and that includes all of this boom so context example of funnels paint vision and that leads me to the onboarding form so we have a onboarding form but also sometimes with the onboarding call because we want to like get more info about them

we want to extrapolate the backstory the um the Epiphany they had the results they've had um what makes them unique their unique mechanism uh the unique selling proposition the method um maybe the five to seven steps that they take people through sometimes they can just fill out a form add their add us to their program we can go through it grab screenshots create the graphics create the sales copy and all of that from what they already have but um I'll share a link to our onboarding system and our form below this so you can check

it out so um when you close you just say hey excited to be working with you on this funnel here's the invoice below you see everything is included in total fee t let me know the invo Tak care of and I'll send the onboarding form where you can upload the files and details of the project turn on is 14 days from payment on boarding form filled out if you have any questions don't hesitate to reach out okay then um when they pay you say hey received the payment thank you excited to get started on this

project here's the onboarding form you can upload all the files images please take your time to fill it out because the more detail it is the better is going to be for us let me know if you fill it out I'll take a look and see if we need anything else I'll be in touch we'll talk soon and then here's a few question you can screenshot this a few questions that we um that we ask in the onboarding form um these are not set in stone in fact I I usually update these every once in

a while um these are some of the you know similar questions to what we ask so that is the onboarding system and finally we got the assembly line so um ass agency assembly line is when you go from being Soo doing everything yourself uh to an actual legit agency business how to turn your business into a machine that runs without you um I like to start when you go Mass execution all in I want to get as many leads as possible I want to get as many clients as possible you want to measure both the

kpis on the front and the lead generation the client the CRM client relationship management but also um you want to measure profit margins so everything you know from connections how many connections did you get today with social uh social media video how many new conversion uh conversation starters did you get um by sending it out to uh prospects how many replies did you get from those messages how many of those people were interested in getting free sample or freebie or free template free this and that how many book calls did you get how many invoices

did you send how many Clos deals how much revenue did you close how much cash collected how much did you spend on ads usually that last one is like zero and so we have U total revenue total cash collected which is the only thing I track is how much we're collecting not potentials you know money coming in um and by the way you do want to sell um projects up front charge up front only when there's like certain you know client where you feel like you want to work with them but they don't have they

trust you they think it's worth the the fee um but they let's say it's 7.5k they want to pay half of it um up front you're like sure even at that price point if you only got paid 50% I would still take this because I love working with this it's going to be great in my portfolio I can use it as an example when I example close the next one and so um those are the the risky clients that you take on that leads us to the seven arms of the agency so first one is

lead flow this is the person doing inbone and outbound marketing to generate a steady flow red hot leads wantan to buy your services so uh could be content usually I post that myself then have a team that helps me with identifying leads for outbound um but we're not just Outsourcing tasks you're never Outsourcing tasks the biggest change um an epip I had with my funnel agency was we're not Outsourcing tasks hey who's going to do this okay when do you think it's going to be ready we Outsource quality outcomes responsibility for qual Quality outcome so

the responsible for this outcome would be or responsibility consistent lead flow and tracking of leads daily so you got to both get them and track them reported back okay and then when you have a bigger team you go from you know everyone reporting to you to everyone reporting to a product manager or coo reports to you salesp person this a person closing views on the phone meetings Zoom calls or in DMS so responsibility close deals from leas coming in and tracking daily funnel strategist this the person mapping the strategies for growth using sales funnels you

see the same as the sales person as this naturally happens in the sales process is where the offer gets created or optimized as well so responsibility is client satisfaction early on the product with strategy so getting the client brief hey team this sign a copywriter everyone here's the strategy for this client here's the funnel type here's the pages here's what we need so copyright this the person writing the sales page emails for some even the ads to draw more traffic to the offer responsibility track progress on sales FAL client project so track progress on um

on the well the responsibility is obviously to get good copy and like conversion rates but in the funnel agency assembly line it's to track progress on sales fun client project so they see okay now it's been designed We Got The Branding got the offer let me write the copy okay uh not being designed Got The Branding now let me write it the brand voice and the style and everything and then designer designs and sync the design with the copy branding Graphics specialist this person handling all The Branding graphics for the client project responsible for outcome

branding assets Graphics getting done on time letting clients know the update every 48 hours maybe every 72 hours technical expert is person connecting your domain to your sales funnel will built together uh responsible for domains added funn is live track daily um and all the the track not the project management but the different like the main um Integrations maybe installing script for heat maps and click maps and split testing um and then we have uh the biggest one that's going to give you the most Freedom a lot of people try to Outsource everything and they're

still the product manager which means they're always stressing out about certain things so this is the person managing multiple clients at the same time making sure clients feel hurt understood and cared for so if you have a lot of clients instead of you selling creating content uh creating strategies and project briefs and jump in on checkin calls with clients you can just Outsource the product management and client communication uh we call this like the client account managers uh that make clients feel hurt and bring back the information to the team so hire people train people

um happy clients track daily so that is the seven stages of funnel agency now let's quickly go over multiple streams of income as a funnel Builder because yes you can make multi six figures um you can even make six figures from each of these I just I recommend that the cash cow is the high ticket funnel building service because it's upfront you get paid for bundles and packages of new funnels that you sell to them and even optimization and management of funnels um for some of you even for the software that you host them on

if you're doing a white label with a software like high level so how to diversify Bill M receiver revenue streams in uh in one Niche so we got five here as examples the first one is agency you sell High ticket done for you funnels then you sell Consulting so like you can do one hour Consulting calls let's say I'm working with real estate agents I can build phonos for real estate agents I can sell Consulting where it's like a 1 hour call um it's it could be a 90day Sprint but you do Consulting for them

so it's done with you templates so it's do it yourself using the template that you built so real estate agent templates and I have a bundle of all the templates the homepage the leads the seller leads the bu leads everything they need and then got the white label SAS so the real estate CRM for example and then the affiliate Revenue that comes in from um from the softwares that you recommend to um the real estate agents okay course credits would be as an example like we got the course agency work with course credits we build

funnel for them got the funnel type we can productize it and scale it up um course launch so you help uh people with the launches so it could be Consulting on course launches um course funnel templates do it yourself course graders CRM monthly current revenue and then know YouTube you talk about course graders how they make money give examples tips mistakes case studies stories um and then you have affillate income from from YouTube uh if you help uh softwares uh I've built a lot of SAS funnels you have a SAS funnel agency you sell uh

you consult the massas funnel ecosystems like different monetization uh points in their in their Community SAS funel templates SAS CRM so like this is kind of funny because like you're selling a SAS to a SAS company but let's say the SAS is a fitness app and you're helping the Fitness Company fitness app company have their own CRM of new fitness trainer who need the fitness app for example um and then on YouTube you talk about SAS no code SAS um all of that stuff so how to make money with SAS Fitness coaches so Fitness funnels

monetization Fitness coach Consulting Fitness funnel templates coaching course uh CRM and fitness and business on YouTube and so here's an example what the profit lad could look like uh the value letter if you will the Ascension ladder whatever you want to call it I call it the profit ladder cuz like the lowest um gives you like sure it's like fun to launch these but it's the lowest profits the money in your bank so low tiet offer $27 uh could be a challenge uh core offer 2979 custom program and back end offer 1500 uh 101 program

now I I don't recommend that you launch this for them I actually think this is more helpful for you to understand when you're working with clients you can tell them like hey for you it makes sense if you're in Fitness to have a challenge custom program 1500 101 so for you to understand uh the profit L as you go into maybe doing consulting as a funnel Builder I'm I'm just showing you the different stages like you might be at 20K per month and thinking about Consulting here's how you can create a profit lad for your

clients um and then you add you know a recurring Revenue need to that with their their fitness app so always remember if you want to increase the weight of your pockets thicken your wallet and stack numbers in your bank account then start by adding numbers to your client's account so everything you're selling is just helping them make more money that's where the money is if you help businesses make more money think about it if you if you're customer support agent for them you're not going to make as much that doesn't mean it's not important it

is we hire people for customer support but if I want to charge 10,000 or more or 5,000 like I I was happy when I was charging 2500 four of those per month one per week as a solo no team members no expenses no fantasy office nothing just a laptop 2500 a month uh sorry a week are you are you're crazy that's crazy good money so if I just sell the thing that helps I make more money I don't have to get distracted by CRM templat or any of that I'm talking you can do that later

if you want to but it's way easier to sell one thing just sell funnel project 2500 3500 5,000 and get to 10,000 15,000 20,000 per month right so you can uh sell multiple funnels to um to build that monthly recurrent Revenue so for people asking like how do I you know how do I build monthly recurrent Revenue you know instead of selling ads like how can I get the same monthly recurring Revenue uh this is an example of a client way back uh Josh Nelson and I sold him front end funnels first I think that

was the book funnel yeah we did some split testing and increased conversions on that one from 8% to 10 and it's a free plus shipping book funnel and then he wanted a core offer funnel and a backend funnel as well after that and so you want to charge for Roi tasks and you can keep charging for your services is right because it's return on investment for those of you don't know it's R positive which means they can keep paying you for your services so here's some some things that you can um do to add even

more Mr you can uh charge for ongoing sales fun optimization so conversion optimization Tech management small changes weekly daily emails to their list short form videos to generate traffic or paid media to run their entire sales team um okay and new funnel launches in their funnel ecosystem which is the new funnel uh packages you're like okay now you have this one let's build all the other funnels as well with the same branding uh I don't recommend you do short form videos uh I don't recommend paid U media I do recommend optimization management so optimizing the

funnels managing the funnels and even managing their emails that they send out because they can get more profits uh from their existing list which means more Roi from their ads from their funnels everything they're putting in so uh that leads me to the price increase method um how to go from free clients to low ticket to high ticket fees so there's three stages of pricing first one is the testimonial close um hey want a free funnel Bill 100% done for you without paying a single La I'm looking for two clients who fit these criterias uh

so you can say who uh already making six figures to seven figures um to build a brand new funnel or money you have currently there's no catch either I'm creating a couple more case studies from a f agency and so instead of asking for you to pay up front all I ask is you give me a small if you're happy with the results after I built it so on Fair come interested I'll pick two lucky winners PS must be an existing business owner with a proven offer then um you go to uh the paid experience

booster so hey I noticed you have uh you also have I'd be happy to build that sales phun for you to master bring for a super cheap fee if you're interested of course so this is where you um once you've done it for free you go and you ask for um the next project without being pushy or anything you're just like hey now we've done this one I notice you also have this other funnel I'd be happy to build that sales funnel for you to match the branding of this one and then you can uh

follow up with leads um um the ones that you've done you know um let's say you make a post you offer free first one for a testimonial um you don't you're not going to do it for all of them so you might go back to them and follow up and say hey I know we discussed a sales uh funnel build out a free sales funnel build out earlier unfortunately I can't do 20 sales funnel for free so I have to pick a few but be happy to help a bill yours for just 500 if you're

still interested you can also say instead of mentioning the price you just want to get a response uh so I would actually change this to I'd be happy to help and build yours for a cheap fee if you're still interested once they say yes they give you permission to say what it's going to be perfect so I'd be happy to give you 50% of our our uh prices to build everything for you you know it's our first time working together and they're like okay now how much is 50% what would that be now they're interested

asking for the price and that's when it's like 500 instead of a th000 just 500 um the no risk client max out so hey you're still looking for a funnel Builder I maxed out on the free offer but I love to work with you want to make you a no risk offer so build your phun for you start to finish only pay 500 after you're happy with my work nothing up front so this is the max out because the first one was free the second one was hey if you're interested like I can still do

it for a discount if they're like no sorry not interested you can follow up with them a week or two weeks after um or even a few days after and you can ask are you still looking for a funnel Builder um because I'm maxed out but I would still love to work with you but you don't have to pay anything right now okay I'll build it first and then only if you're happy you pay me 500 nothing up front so that's a no risk client max out offer so that's that's a a great way for

you to get started if you're just starting out and then finally we have the CMO the what is it the people talk about these days the fractional cm Mo so I'm not a part of your business as an employee but I help you grow it so I call it funnel Consultants or growth Partners cuz we help you grow the business using sales funnels the funnel that you need we help you you know sort of look at what you need and then we'll just build everything for you easy way to close deals you start by selling

funnel designs redesigns new offer launches funnel bundles multiple offers then you transition more into a CMO for companies where they come to you for advice on what funnel to launch next you're now seen as the authority in their eyes and you can charge accordingly because they come to you for advice of like what should I launch next or what funnel do you think I need here or I need a challenge funel like what should I do in terms of the offers what could be the five day topics for each of the each of the days

in the challenge these are the questions you start getting for when it makes sense you can also do Revenue share deals where you charge off thing or just tiny few up front only get paid the real money after results for clients so that is um all about being a growth partner and working your way towards that don't get overwhelmed if you're just starting out this is a process of helping you go from zero to 500 to 1,000 per project to charging 10,000 and even at you know I've had a few clients where I charge 10,000

per month so personal branding this is how you get those bigger clients so uh screenshot this the 12 trust pillars I'll just move me up here um personal ity Authority positioning credibility pricing relevance engagement framework portfolio Association endorsement and celebrity right now on to something that I'm very excited about I call this the finnal grandmas because what you want to do is you want to be well class you want to get paid really good right like you want to be the best of the best but it's hard and overwhelming when you start so we need

to gamify this make it fun so now you get paid to learn and you get basically you get to up level as you do work work with clients and you uh increase your price as you go along but becoming a Grandmaster in anything just take chess for an example you're Grandmaster when you win the tournament meaning you're the best of the best but that's the the end goal the long-term goal is just to be ridiculously good at what you do so I've created a game it's called The Funnel Grandmaster game and in this free course

I want to walk you through not just what that is and the rules of the game but also to give you prices to give you Awards I want to give you uh a gamification plan to make this more fun so I've actually created a a fun Grand Master game that you can actually also opt into below it's free um there's a link to join the community where you can participate you can post your wins you can ask questions uh but first before you do that just watch this course because you want to know how it

works the rules of the game how to beat others how to win and without further Ado let let me show you that game plan and S the 30-day challenge that comes with it right welcome to the 30-day funnel Builder challenge in this challenge I'm going to take you start to finish complete zero to a Master funnel Builder and getting your first clients I'm going to walk you through how to pick your Niche your Market how to price your offer how to create an amazing offer that people can't say no to and how to get the

right clients how to find them where to find them and and how to launch your portfolio and everything that you need as the foundation to scale this to a 10K per month 20K 30k 50k per month funnel agency and we got a special checklist for you so got all the tools the templates everything to speed up and Kickstart your funnel agency and funnel building career so you'll see here the spreadsheet that I've created for you it's kind of like a Tracker and a progress tracker so you can see first the checklist what to do so

we have uh 30 different steps for you in four weeks so we got plan build launch and scale and then in those we have the tasks for you to do we got the links to the videos and then the resources so like templat or the Facebook group and I'm going to add the links to everything here it's easy to find I'm just giving you the overview right now so it's easier for you to uh to see kind of how it all uh works and then additional notes in case um some of the the videos or

tutorials aren't clear these are kind of like why we're doing you know uh certain things and in what order what to keep in mind and then when you're done you just go yes okay I've done that I've introduced myself to the private community and you can do a selfie just take a photo of yourself and just make a post in the community uh introducing yourself and saying hi and then you'll see here okay now I'm you know 177% through with the challenge now I'm 20% so now I've done just this simple stuff like designing your

dream life watching the first two modules in the program introducing yourself to the private Community picking your Market your Niche creating your brand name in domain and picking your color plette and Logo which you have templates too and you've already 20% through to your first couple clients that's how simple this is so I'm going to delete this just so we can start from zero and then the way that you can customize this cuz this is the master template for all students you go to file make a copy and then save it with your name in

in your Google drive folder so that is kind of how it's going to work and then as you'll see there's links to all the resources tutorials for each of these specifically so obviously introduce yourself in the private Community very simple take a picture of yourself watch module one and two click the link so the link to the checklist is below this video and then you here's the videos to uh to all of the different instructions on how to do some of the stuff like picking your agency name things of that nature and then you can

also see we have these here so uh dream life designer with your goals weekly planner picking your perfect uh Market FAL easy brand branding sales message siging a grand slum offer CRM content planner which is another way to say lead generation planner as we go into outbound and inbound marketing to get your leads get you clients and all that before we dive into marketing and lead generation let's set up your foundations and so with that I'll see you in the next video right you're still here congrats not a lot of people are still here watching

and implementing taking action and you don't even have to start yet you can still watch the full course before you start doing something it's just that sometimes it get gets a little bit overwhelming if there's too much to do after you're done but then you can just go back and watch you this as a library save the link to this video because it's uh it's basically a free course to a paid program and yes if you're in the paid program if you're like hey you're just giving everything away for free well sort of we're giving

away a lot of the the course here on YouTube we do have some exclusive stuff of course but mostly in the paid program there's more templates uh tools there's support there's calls where you can ask me questions um it's delayed updated uh content before it ever gets released online and so I'm saying that just to say that if you are here watching this for free the value is insane and if you're a customer we will always take care of you as well right so now let's dive into what I believe is like the foundation for

your entire life and that's Vision there's a scripture that says well there's no vision people perish and I've noticed myself too when I set a vision board of what I wanted to achieve I wanted to get uh the freedom lifestyle to work from anywhere I got that then I wanted my dream uh car an R8 and I got that I wanted to get a home office that is beautiful that's like modern and has a gym in it and everything and I got that and I've set always like New Visions for what I want to do

and this year actually hit all of them and I was like now it's time to set a new vision and one of them is like providing free education online and that's why I'm doing that here to make it available to everyone um because if you're struggling I want to help you get to your goals and uh you know we can't let Financial uh hurdles get in the way of real education for aspiring entrepreneurs so now we're going to get into an exercise just take some time either just look at how I'm thinking about it or

you can also download the spreadsheet to it and follow along in this sort of 30-day challenge to getting your first clients getting up and running and really think about how you want your life to look like not what everyone else wants from you not with your parents or your friends or Society but what do you want what is it that you want like how how do you want to live life like what do you want to do when you wake up what would have to happen for your Mondays to be just as excited as your

Fridays right think about that your Mondays is like the best day of the week because you get to do what you love what would that look like right step in right so we're going to start by designing your dream life and your dream Lifestyle the life that you want to live and the goals that you set for yourself so we're going to go into uh dream life designer here and the reason why I think this is so important is because it's important for you to have different goals in different areas of life you have the

business goals you have which is the the revenue goal uh goals and the way that you want to structure your business if you want to do the work keep all the profits yourself great if you want to build a team and be the CEO then okay know your profit margins your Revenue numbers your goals and then how much is going to cost you to have the team to fulfill these things so we're just going to change the business monthly Revenue goal and then quarterly annual Deca decade long is going to automatically update uh here in

the calculation and it's very simple it's not very detail like I want to drive this car is uh it's not I want to live in this house which you can do uh that's called a visual board visualization board or a dream board um where you can visualize the things that you want in your life um but to keep it simple it's like Business Health and Social or health wealth relationships uh is another way of looking at it so I'm going to just going to change this to 30,000 I think 10,000 a month is great it

can get you freedom but 30,000 is where you can kind of buy nice things and help other people and I think that's good to have a goal like that where you can also help a lot of other people in the process and so quarterly if you make 30k a month it's 90k annually you know multi6 bigger 360k per year um not too small it's also not impossible you it's it's it's it's a pretty good goal to have in my opinion uh and if you already at 30k per month then maybe 100K is your next so

I look at like starting out making your first th000 is the most important then 10K per month gives you Freedom 30k good life and 100K per month now you become uh you know working towards being wealthy uh obviously depending on where you live is going to depend like it's going to be a little bit different what actually makes you wealthy as well um and then we have health so my goal is to run a marathon my goal is to do an Iron Man I'm actually doing one next year as well I've done one already um

another Health goal I have is like doing so losing weight gaining muscle to be lean to be an Iron Man um sort of like the identity of an Iron Man to be able to perform in business and have more energy with my kids and and uh my wife my family uh I'm dedicated to become consistent when it comes to working out uh next year I want to do this thing you can list out all the health goals so like uh eat you know being a biohacker uh I got uh a sauna outdoors I got an

ice bath and a yakuzi I'm building my home a garden Spa because I want that in in my life uh to to have a dream life and we're getting there uh we already have like most of it so socially I want to be able to spend time with my uh my family and my friends and do Mastermind sessions and travel to events and speak on stage socially I want to do these things just map those out and then productive habits kind of like what's your ideal um not the schedule yet but the Habit so like

wake up 7:00 a.m. uh go for a walk listen to an AUD book shower coffee deep Zone uh work for 4 hours launch um um lunch sorry electrolytes and mostly protein for example just like overall here's what I want my productive habits to be and then um you can fill out the planner the weekly schedule if you want as well it's um Monday through Sunday we got the time so you can put when you want to wake up so I would put let's say uh wake up at 6 and then uh I'll just go straight

to work and then I'll I'll work out after lunch um I'll go for a walk um with an audio book walk with audio book to learn something and then maybe I do a gym session three times a week at 600 p.m. I prefer doing 900 pm. where there's football or soccer and I actually I can actually um bike in indoors or anything like that and so you can just fill that out here what you want your days to look like maybe you have a 9 to5 right now that you're looking to quit you can also

add that okay I'm working from 9 to 5 or 7 to 3 or whatever it is uh if you're in US you want to change this just do Sunday move it here boom move all of this over here and do Monday okay and now you have your own um schedule planner so notes anything that you need to remember boom put them there but this how you design your ideal life kind of the goals do you have different areas of life and how you want your productiv to look like and your weekly schedule so you can

crush it and be productive and live the life that you want to have don't just look at G that say fill your calendar with calls eight calls per day if that's not the life that you want don't listen to people that you wouldn't trade your lifestyle with with that said I'll see you in the next one so now it's time to pick your Market create your an offer and set up the branding and everything and then you're going to download a portfolio template so now you're already there you're ready to launch now and you don't

have to do everything at one just keep watching the course and you'll see the steps that I'm taking as I'm literally doing this with you like the setting it up after creating this business to uh yeah setting the the portfolio my profile even designing funnels and showing you like graphic design stuff like that which is everything you really need and the foundation for your entire business so just watch the next couple of videos I'll roll all of them after this one so you can see the ex exact process how I'm doing it and then if

at any point you have any questions you can post in our community again there's links to everything below uh also make sure you go and sign up for high level get a 30-day free trial using my link instead of the one that they give on their homepage that's is 14 days and that way you can uh actually have sub accounts with your clients so when they sign up you can actually charge them a monthly fee as well for using um high level and using your sort of like the sub accounts of high level cuz now

they have access to you as well so instead of them using high level or clickfunnels like they can use your link to high level because as a sub client or sub account under you you can manage you can log in you can manage their funnels meaning you can charge recurring Revenue because every business needs websites and funnels and they typically pay hosting so now your hosting fee is you managing their funnels uh you'll see exactly how I set that up as well in this course so don't worry about that yet that's the vision for how

we're building this we're building it so that you learn the skills of Building Sales funnels websites and landing pages and we're building it in a way where you build ecosystems you build all the funnels they need a freebie to get leads an automated sales funnels to sell 24/7 and application funnels so they can get booked appointments for their business that's why you're so valuable to your clients all right now let's dive into the next one markets offers all that good stuff all right so picking your perfect market and your Niche uh is very important as

well because I talk a lot about like you want to pick a market that is growing because then there's more buyers looking for you and you don't have to look for them you don't have to chase them um and that's why we have the the market test increasing demand High profit margins solution aware meaning they want funnel they know that funnel are going to help them grow their business and then they're available online so that they can message you you can message them uh and yes there are places like if everyone is on YouTube you

can't message people on YouTube but if everyone is on YouTube and they have their emails there you could reach out to them if they're in Facebook groups easy to message if they're in LinkedIn uh easy to message Instagram easy to message and so I'm going to start by picking a niche and I uh love to work with course creators I love education is something I'm passionate about it's a growing industry uh it's high profit margins they're solution aware meaning they follow people like Russell Bronson high level um kajabi and people that are teaching education and

knowledge industry Tony Robbins Dean gra also teach a lot about monetizing your expertise and so there's a lot of awareness around this meaning they need someone to help them launch their offer their course their coaching program their Mastermind and so you know because of that they also available online and uh it it fits all these boxes that's why you know another way to to say this is I like to work with um uh personal Brands okay and then we mostly worked work with them on course funnels but they also need a person brand homepage uh

increasing demand boom 10 high profit margins 10 solutionware 10 available online 10 sometimes if you do software and uh decision makers in a huge software business if they're not as available that might be an eight profit margins could still be 10 if they're scaling their startup profit margins could be zero and so it's important you do Market um research if you're not into you know uh market research and and talking to people and going into groups and everything just pick something like the education Market that we already know is a growing Trend if you got

backgrounds experience and expertise like you've already been in e-commerce you want to help e-com businesses then maybe do Ecom uh e-commerce and Shopify stores and things of that nature and uh fill out the test the scores here of like okay I'm good at this I want to work with them increase demand might be a 10 um profit margins might be a five right in eCommerce if they're organic Tik Tok drop shippers might be higher um solution where do they know that they need Ecom funnels this might be a seven because people are aware of like

Ecom stores and and upsell um pages and like adding upsells and cross sales in their Ecom store but not specific Ecom funnel from the ads to the product funnels um and so that's something you could help them with if you want to go that route but not of 10 out of 10 as you can see here and then once you know where these people hang out maybe Ecom Mastermind Facebook groups um I do course creators for an example so I I can find them in topic specific like course creators communities or a course creator software

like high level clickfunnels kajabi teachable thinkific School and I can work with those people and I can find them because I know where they are in those communities I can link to those here just go Um let's say School Community I can link this boom I would add in the name of the uh or the link to the community and then I can just click this when I go interact with them to do lead generation red flags and green flags uh you can read these so red flags not aware where the funnel is too concerned

with 97 a month and maybe they're not going to pay you 5,000 for a funnel but um red flags and green flags can change as you start working with people you can go in here and you can update this later if you want to right to stay up to date with um like if people treat you bad and they need things to be done in a few days a little bit of a red flag um green flags things to look for to get you know the right right clients in the right markets they know what

funnels are and they want one they're happy to pay for expertise values your time and ask politely ask for suggestions what do you think we should do now here what funnel type um what brand do you think uh branding you think I should use ready to pay premium for Quality don't mind waiting a few weeks for quality and then they don't rely on you to be successful meaning they have their own team as well they have traffic they are doing things it's not like you're saving them from drowning you're helping them go faster so hopefully

that makes sense pick your Niche and then the next one we're going to go deeper on the brand name the brand color um funnel types and things of that nature so I'll see you in the next one all right your branding and now we're going to go over the foundation so you can finally launch this is uh very gets very fun because we're going to pick your business name as you can see here we're going to uh pick your domain Market subich funnel types Services pricing and USP your unique selling proposition or selling points um

or selling positioning the way that you position yourself as unique uh business name is a couple things that I want you to keep in mind I want you to keep funnels included if you can and then who you're working with to get those funnels so course creator funnel. comom uh software you know sasf funnel. comom um if you can get something that's I I've used and by the way you could use your own name as well I've used my own uh domain like gon.com um but I've also like the business name has been freedom funnels

and then I've used Freedom funnel. comom I've used funnel ecosystems. comom I've done this for seven years um so I've been through like a lot of iterations and all of them has worked I've used funnel ecosystems. comom and so it's less about the perfect business name in domain it's more about ah that makes a lot of sense so it just it it backs up the overall messaging your sales message so I'm thinking we have a few option here options here we could go with course creator funnels we could go with uh personal brand uh funnels

or we could go with funnel ecosystems. um I'm thinking I'm thinking I'm going to go with funnel ecosystems because it's very specific right but so funnel ecosystems uh for the domain okay I'm going to go with funnel Eco funnel ecosystems as well um right now using my portfolio I've been using it on my uh personal domain gon.com so I'm going to create my funnel agency domain um I think it's time to to do that because my brand is growing my personal brand is going to be gon.com okay problem solved it took us 2 minutes so

you can choose either a very specific like um you know the reason why I'm choosing funnel EOS is because I'm I'm building their front end to back end uh for personal Brands and and experts but it doesn't have to say experts because if I'm working with some someone who is a um a course creator or a let's say it's a mastermind a high TI Mastermind maybe they're not identifying as the expert it's more like they're the the thought leader and personal brand so it doesn't have to be the exact name that you're looking for but

if you can't include that plus funnels great or funnel agency uh um Market uh personal Brands and then sub Niche is course creators are specifically so I'm targeting those and then it's going to be some spillover right my content is going to be a lot about like course funnels and how to add the front end and the backend to maximize profits and then it's going to spill be spill over like hey can you also do our homepage we want that premium branding so see how I'm getting like multiple funnel builds and revenue streams from picking

one market funnel types homepage so I'm going to do home lead uh actually I'll put SLO self liquidating offer which is a front-end wow offer that gets people low ticket easy purchase is impulse purchase and builds trust like wow this is amazing um and then I'm going to do uh course and then High ticket so those are the four funnels that we offer uh High ticket at application funnels sales page application confirmation services so we're going to do strategy offer copy branding design tech tech Z conversion [Music] optimization there we go uh pricing I'm going

to charge for just a redesign of a homepage I'm starting at 5,000 and some people say that's too little I get that and it's not the it's we're not going to get a lot of people at 5K it's just one of those like we want to get the foot in the door and work with thought leaders and so the homepage if it's just to redesign no copy they have that already we just do redesign 5K um to 25k offers and we'll break those down uh throughout the program you'll see um kind of how I'm pricing

and bundling things together at 25k but um that is um the higher end USP why we're different uh we're all in one start to finish and we uh focus on conversion optimization on the back end so we build the funnels and everything for you but we optimize it with split testing to become more valuable you don't have to start there if you're just starting out color palette that um I'm going to go here and choose uh let's say I just I'll make it simple in this video I'm just going to go like this and pick

the colors that I want but obviously you would go and and um you can use the canva templates that we have for color palletes uh figma or canva you can just find the link to a um pick your color and logo and Link there and then and um pick one for you and then go in here and here's how you add those you just click boom and add the hex code and then that gives you let's say for example red boom you just add those all in here and then you'll have them forever when you

need them so logo I'm going to remove mine so people don't use it but you can just add this by insert image uh in cells inell or over cells and then just crop it or make it smaller so it it's right in here images uh of yourself Graphics something that um fits in you know with your business you can add them in Google Drive folder so you have them in one place and then link those here again just click link and add in the uh the link to that Google drive folder now you have your

brand a brand is not just the visuals a brand is who are you the perception of you and who are you helping people how are you helping people and it's both like here's how we can help help you here's what we stand for and because if you stand for nothing you don't have a brand so it's a Content the personal branding but it's also the visual the logo the name and things that play a part of your uh brand so fill this out and then we'll move on to the next part we're about to launch

soon very soon so I'm excited for you to launch uh here very soon see you in the next one all right so now we're going to design your perfect sales message this is what makes people care they're like okay why should I care like why are you different and why should listen to you over everyone else um at the same time people might have questions uh I talk a lot about belief building because people have beliefs limiting beliefs all the time about like modern of B of if funnels if that funnel is going to uh

help me get to my goal but if your content explains to them why they need this phenotype before they ever talk to you then they're pre-sold so we change beliefs by first deprogram uh deprogramming the beliefs that they have and then new ones and so in order to do that we got to understand first I've talked about the belief journey in the past and you might have seen it if not it's basically it's not enough to sell the desire you also want to sell them on you have a desire and a pain point we can

fix the pain with our solution and increase hope belief and then even though there's risk we have risk reversals to help you get over that edge to take action because they see that I want this thing and you're the source to help me do it you're the guide that's going to help me you're the expert that's going to build this for me so now I can do it not because of myself but because you help me out because of your offer I'm going to shrink the time it takes so I say all of that to

say that there are uh things that we have to check off to hit before we can get them to purchase and so let's just start one by one what group of people do you work with I'll just put course creators wanting well we'll put course creators uh what outcome uh sell more courses and high ticket Mastermind um spots what problems are the currently experiencing not enough uh sales um funnel not converting so on and so forth what kind of pay I'm I'm going quick to illustrate like to get through the video quickly but you can

fill this out you can Al always also come back and and oh I I heard this from a client or Prospect or someone you talk to fill it go back and fill this out it's an ever living document what kind of pain points are they feeling due to their problems feeling like uh failure wasting all this time building their course um overwhelmed by the tech see so now we're starting to see what you can do to fix this you can take care of that to increase conversions so they don't feel like a failure what's the

process using to fix their problems um so an all-in-one proven funnel uh framework so you can proven funnel framework all in uh all inclusive Services um start to finish and list out the process of um kind of like the right offer the right copy conversion design and then split testing to help you fix so like you can have your own unique framework or method to get results with funnels and then that builds your credibility because you're like I help you do this get this outcome with our own framework that we've developed how is your process

unique and different than theirs others do fancy design we do conversion design we do conversion copy we do this we do that What Makes You unique from other funnel Builders and by the way if you're new this is overwhelming it's probably like I don't know what makes me unique okay just do your best and then keep watching the program and go through the challenge and you'll be able to come back and fill this out more later what makes you unique from other funnel Builders um so again the how is your process unique and different than

theirs it could also be that because I've had these clients I've learned so much so now my price is different what makes it unique from other funnel Builders because so like this could be others others use templates to customize but they don't know how to make it for your specific industry right and it's like I don't like bashing other people on sales calls or conversations in DMs I don't talk about other people I more so talk about um so for example what makes it unique for mod funnel Builders it could I could also say the

way I help clients first and show them what to do so if I show them hey here's the funnel that you need here's how you could position this here's how you could improve the offer then I as a result stand out and I'm unique and now they're like I want this person because this person uh feels like they know what they're talking about what's included so this is where I could list out everything that was in uh the the brand here as well um and you could add in you can add in if you have

other things like we do email marketing which by the way I also do email um you can add that in there how long does it take for you to deliver the funnel it used to be seven days then it was 14 I'll just put I'll put 30 days because that's what we do now but you can put in your if you can do it in seven days great if you can do it in 14 days also great um that's the sales message designer and doesn't have to be more complicated than that right now we haven't

even started posting content doing lead generation or anything like that so we'll just keep it simple okay now we have an overview of our sales message and then we can improve on it later and now it's time to create the offer which is going to be the thing that actually makes us money and makes the want to purchase from us so I'll see you in the next one all right market research now this is the best part about having a funnel agency it's so much fun and I'm kind of joking because market research uh is

is the boring groundwork that you do it's kind of like the training before a big game it's the preparation before your wedding it's the thing that it's it just it takes time to master uh the foundation right and like once you have those then everything else becomes easy but it's because you understand it so in order for you to scale your funnel agency business you have to understand your market and what they're already buying why it's not working what they want more of what's the new trend what's the platform what's the software and all these

things so in this you'll see we have a couple different things so uh we have three tabs market research we have Market leaders and then we have client conversation so the market research tab is for you to fill out uh when you go indirectly to the market meaning directly is when you talk to someone indirectly is when you look at the market you analyze it and you can see what people are are saying so let's say you work with course creators you can make a um make a what's it called yeah you identify something by

looking at the market or you know YouTube comments or YouTube videos or Facebook communities or School communities or high level Community like whatever it is you look at what people are talking about what they're complaining about what they want and like you start taking notes about that so uh let's say you go and you look at someone complaining about a software the topic could be name of the software so let's say it's either high level or it's clickfunnel or it's School whatever it is um then you take notes what they're talking about so maybe they're

talking about uh pay or fear or talking about goal or desire so like I wish I could have a sales page in school you know or whatever it is that you see that they want because they're talking about uh something that isn't ideal right now so a pain that they could have is like let's say this was let's do another one instead uh let's say was about traffic traffic would be you know organic or organic clients uh and you see people are getting they're posting about not getting qualified leads to the calendar so not having

qualified leads and then you can shift these by the way so if you want to make this one smaller this one bigger or notes smaller like you can change all of this and obviously even change uh the font size of it but um all right so we have uh categories you can just choose these you can also add more of these the way that you do that is you go to uh insert dropdown and then you can add or change these so I'm not going to do that now but I've given you a lot of

like the foundational stuff and then you can keep adding here depending what you see people are talking about so let's say it's you want to create content around you know funnel strategy maybe someone is talking about the are no longer profitable or you're seeing okay so here's a good example of indirect market research maybe the sentiment or the narrative is that it's no longer profitable to advertise okay that's market research that's helpful because you can now make content around funnel strategies the topic is scaling with paid ads the pain or fear is no longer profitable

on front end and then the goal is to be able to scale their funnel funnel with ads and then notes could be like things that you want to keep in mind when you're creating content around this or when you're talking to people so uh it could also be notes that um I saw this person Post in this Facebook group and then you can link it here so I would just do instead of having the entire link I would just link here click the link can add the URL instead of typing the long or adding copy

pasting the long link into this small box and then uh final part is the type of uh the type of either goal or complain or fear or a pain point it's like CU all these are are beliefs I believe that I need to scale with paid ads okay so then the notes that I could add here is like uh I can help you can help you with Ops sales and back end so you don't have to compete on advertising cost but on cash flow so if we add more upsales you're going to make more per

customer and we solve this problem so you could add link to the post that you saw and this would either be product based which is funnels it's the software it's it's the opportunity of like using pH us to sell more people is like if they have a fear about man I'm not techy I don't understand this new platform it's a big learning curve add that in here so you can talk about why people hire you when you take care of everything because they don't have to they should focus on what they love doing the most

so that would be People based and priority Bas is like time money resources that sort of thing and then leaders you can add um industry leaders in the funnel space and in your industry so let's say you work with uh SAS owners so like you build funnels for software businesses um add the big name so like Dan Martell is a big one uh what's his Niche and you go and do research uh link to his profile to his funnel uh what's the funnel type okay they're using the demo funnel um take notes and then add

the next one so see what they're doing what they're talking about and then conversations when you're talking to clients go in here and change uh or ADD uh notes after your conversations to see what are they saying so uh a big thing for example I had one recently and this client wanted to hire me for not just one funnel but a funnel Hub a homepage that leads into all his offers because he wanted an authority site so I could put his name here uh his industry was B2B and then the funnel type was homepage to

I'll put funnel Hub because that how to all offers um he was using high level and then pain fear um he actually he hired a cheaper designer so had hired cheaper designer but they didn't get everything so like everything from one expert they wanted everything from one expert uh what something else wasn't it wasn't reliable reliable in the past so by adding this like you keep adding from your client conversations and soon you'll know what is the reason they actually hire you not just like a funnel but because they don't want to deal with people

who aren't reliable or because they don't have time to you know hire someone who can't do it the right way the first time so like all these reasons you didn't know that people were wanting to hire you so maybe there's a new software they just rather hire you than learn the soft Ware that's why we have different topics and TPS as well I can see the camera isn't focusing so all good hopefully this helps make sure you download the link uh to get this market research tool I'll see you in the next one by looking

at first the limiting beliefs that they have and then changing those and creating an offer that is all inclusive to you know exactly what they need so when I have calls or I have DM conversations with people I try to First find out what the off offer is that they're going to sell their offer okay you're trying to sell uh launch a new high ticket Mastermind or maybe it's a 2K course or maybe it's a um a low ticket front end offer so I tried to break down their offer first what's going to be included

what's the price point you want to launch it to co ads um Co audience or you want to do it organically okay great once I know all of those things I can prescribe the right funnel and then when I create the offer I say well a lot of people hire us because we do everything for them and that's what they like because it's hand off uh hands off you just fill out a nor boarding form and we take it from there we take care of everything design copy branding mobile optimization Tech Integrations automation the email

and we even do um 30 days of split testing if you want where we test two versions of the same funnel and so if we back that up a little bit we look at first the concerns of objections with people have you can see here we have a formula uh for um for creating the offer around these things so uh not a sure funnels work for my business I'm not a te person so I can't manage the funnel softwares hiring a funnel Builder can be super expensive I don't have time to build my funnels myself

you can change these if you want to if you come up with other concerns objections that people would have around you know funnels and um in your industry and then I look at here's just like a side note there's product based which is like the the thing that we're selling funnels the vehicle that we're using and then there's person based beliefs which is either uh them or you so it's the source the thing that's going to implement the funnels to get the result do I believe that you're the right person to do this for me

um so opportunity sales funnels vehicle is the funnel type so I believe the sales funnels can help me great I believe that funnels um as a webinar can help me not sure sure okay so you sell them the thing that they want to use I want to launch a challenge funnel great if that's what you build and if you can help them do that um and if not you can learn it but if you're if that's within what you offer great now you have the type and the vehicle the process and then if they believe

that you're the right person to do it now it's only price and the logistical uh side of things left to to overcome to sit get the sell and then so that's person based it's also like internally if I believe that I'm able to to do this with you um um with you helping me out right so the more you can help them the more convenient it is for them and and you overcome that and then finally we have priority based belief so is this something I want now like there's a lot of things that I

want personally but I'm okay waiting like I don't need it right now so it's not a thing that I would invest money in right now but uh the right team members there's certain things that like the right systems um there's things that I'm happy to invest and I need them right now so for them it has to be a priority as well so I want this thing I want you to help me and want it now and I think that the money is worth it I'm investing in you because it's more expensive not to do

I'm losing money by not doing okay then that makes sense let's create the offer then that makes this an no-brainer so the truth then is this the concern the truth is there's this SE are things that we can talk about in our content as you'll see on the next uh here um course funel would be perfect for you you shouldn't focus on Tech that's why clients hire me the true cost is hiring cheap people that waste time so hiring fun can be expensive priority money you know priority the true cost is hiring cheap people why

because you waste a lot of time and money you got to hire someone else that because the first one didn't work so it is actually expensive to hire the best or is it expensive to hire the cheapest um I don't have time um this is a priority based um you don't have to LIF the thing we do everything for you I'm not a great designer person based we do conversion Focus design that also looks good also software works we'll pick you help you pick the one that you want to use when it comes to the

best um software so this would be product based okay so you can fill this out and then we'll jump into uh the offer so now now we create solutions for all of these the offer is done for you course fun buildout we include market research branding all Graphics copper in Tech integration automation 30-day split testing and then I just list out okay I'm going to take 500 500 2,500 500 500 and uh split testing and that would normally be 2500 normally 8,000 and then I'll just put this to be 50% because you want a price

anchor normally would charge this this you're going to get it for this um and you can change this if you want to do 70% you know or you can just delete these and write it manually as well the goal is to just have the value to price ratio be all this super valuable because of all the things we do um and then if if some of these like let's say you don't do uh cop writing you can delete that and then you know maybe your branding is500 00 all Graphics 1500 Tech integration automations perfect this

would be, 1500 6,000 instead if we do 50% I'm going to charge you 3,000 great price and now it makes sense so you can even share this with people not this side you can just share this and screenshot it and share it with um or you can write it on a document sort of like a proposal or even on an invoice so great way to to create your grand slam offer now when you say and that's why clients are us because we do everything start to finish you don't have to lift the finger and your

funnel is going to be live in just 14 days it's such a good offer and if you have the brand and the portfolio to back it up where they say man I want that person to do it for me because I want that what I saw in your portfolio and it's going to be live in 14 days and you're going to do everything for me sign me up and that's when they ask for the payment and then you provide the next step which is the onboarding call or onboarding form whichever one use um so hopeful

that helps if you have any questions on this ask in the community and I'll see you in the next one the client CRM or customer relationship management Tool uh it's a very simple spreadsheet that I've created but it it gives you everything you need to get your first five to 10 um 20 clients and so why complicated if we can make it easy this is U couple things that going to have you track the leads that you're getting when you're when we're launching so you can use this when you're starting out you can use this

when you're at 10 clients per mon you can use this and just fill out a couple things to help you manage the lead flow so uh the first thing we have is the name of the client so I'm just going to put my name and then let's say you're sending messages to people and you want to track the Outreach right um so let's say I'm sending a video a loom video where I say hey here's a few things that I think uh or actually instead of filming the video first I would just say hey um

I filmed a video about something that's going to help you increase your conversions on your uh sales funnel that I found in your portfolio um let me know if you want me to send over a free of charge no strings attach um or maybe you have a funnel template that you want to give away or a checklist or you just want to reach out and offer hey I build funnels for people like you uh if you're interested let me know if not totally cool as well you can just make it super simple but the point

is we have name we have profile link so that you can go it can either be to their profile um page or it could be to their messenger or their Instagram DMS wherever you're messaging people it's the place where you can quickly go okay this person replied we a good fit but I need to just check in on them right and obviously we have a CRM a software where we would use this as well which is more advanced but I'm saving you money by just giving you this for free included so you can track the

first 100 people for example so profile link or DM um messenger or like chat link and then the site that you found in their profile so you look at profiles you find the link to to uh what they're already selling this way you know that they already have a business and then if they're sending notes things that you notice like um you know site let's say I put the side there and then I put as not I would put I put course funnel uh Plus homepage so if I found two you know it's good to

know or if um if they replied like I can go and update this so if I send it uh the first message I sent the next one next one and uh these two reply and then one of them is a good fit um I can go and update this and say they wanted one course funnel and then um once I've sent an invoice I can click here and then if they pay it boom and uh that way we know that we've completed that one if someone is a good fit but not invoiced meaning we haven't

like closed the deal then we can follow up with them by clicking the link to their profile and you just keep adding people in here boom once you run out of lines you just go Mark like 10 of these and right click insert 11 rows below and you have more so you can just keep filling that out and tracking your leads so hopefully this helps you with um outbound you definitely want to do inbound content as well more of that outbound is a great accelerator because you can control how many people you message so you

can message you know 10 15 20 people per day uh per platform and per her profile um so yeah just be careful with copy pasting Outreach messages like a bot because you might be flagged or banned if you're going too hard but 1020 spread them out throughout the day follow up with them respond to messages be nice to people provide value actually want to serve them and you'll crush it so if you have any questions on this let us know in the community I'll see in the next one right so now you have all of

that and you're ready to move towards more all in marketing content and all that for lead generation because you want to fill a pipeline of lead so that there's always people uh reaching out to you like that's that's the best business model ever where you just have clients coming to you right and you can have that through content through referrals uh inbound people recommending you to to you uh client buying more stuff from you clients asking your clients so other people asking your clients uh in masterminds and stuff where they're at you don't even have

to be in the biggest masterminds your clients can be and then people ask like hey who's who's your funnel build like I'm looking to outso some of that stuff I'm looking to find someone like I've had people who who literally sent me a message like hey I'm on a private jet right now talking with so and so and uh we're just talking about you as as the funnel Builder so I've got crazy uh referrals and connections coll like collaborations and stuff like that just based on the content that I create this is another content piece

that I put out there but doesn't have have to be like this for you it literally can just be like you creating visual content of before and after it can be uh around like some of the initial uh projects that you're doing it can be your own thoughts beliefs and uh values that you have it can be about things that you learn things like this that you're learning you can just document every single step of of your journey so you don't have to to be an expert to be seen as one you don't have to

and when I say that I don't mean that in a fake way like fake it till you make it type of thing more just be authentic and share what you're learning what you're going through what you're uh what you're working on and just share projects and updates of what you're doing uh as well as talking about like the old versus new way of doing things so like the old way was having complicated websites back in the day on WordPress where you have to update the plugins and everything and the new way is just having all-in-one

softwares that are really good at what they do and that is actually make you money so when you talk to clients and post content make it about how funnel actually make you more how it's an investment not a cost not an expense not a a software subscription uh as an expense but more so like you can cancel and save on other stuff because you have this now and you can talk about the importance of Outsourcing and why people hire you because it's something that they don't want to do themselves you can talk about how you're

different than other Freelancers because you take care of all the stuff that makes them money they don't have to worry about that all these type of things you can talk about the funnel types how low ticket funnels can help them high ticket funnels automated sales funnels upsells all those things you can talk about creat uh created economy Community courses things that they might not have uh been thinking about yet that can actually make more in their business they can add revenue streams to their business you can also talk about offers they can launch that they

already think about but they're like they put on the Shelf because they're too busy well now you can help them so with that let's dive into content creation we going to talk about how to create all this content and uh think of this as like inbound and outbound and both being equally as important because if you reach out to someone and you just message people all day and you create no content they go through your profile guess what they're not going to trust you that's how they look at your profile like do you even care

about what you do or you even passionate about what you do if you're not posting then how do I know that you're you are serious but if you post and reach out now you can control the amount of people they reach out to and you have this Eco like trustability about your profile because you're active so hopefully that makes sense uh now let's dive in all right so now we're going to create content to generate leads inbound and outbound so if you take a look at the content planner here it's very simple and it's very

minimalistic on purpose because I want you to focus on the beliefs that they have already so things like I'm not sure if I should launch a backend funnel I'm not sure if I should use click funnels or high level I'm not sure if I should this or that I'm not good enough I don't know if I should should I use uh paid advertising to scale should I do just organic um what would you recommend in terms of optimizing my conversions what are you using to to uh do split testing things of these uh this nature

that people who are successful and want to be more successful they think about so if you look at the prospects belief and and uh concerns they are from the sales message and the offer sorry the offer and so we create the offer to help them overcome all of this we do it for you great the content then pre- sells them so that they trust you to do it for them and so we can use topics so pricing conversions Outsourcing and by using analogies and stories of like I get the best laptop because I want something

that's working and I don't want to go and upgrade it and fix all the time and just like that it could cost me more looking for the cheaper or you can talk about a story that this time I was just looking for the cheapest and it ended up costing me a lot of money so don't be cheap and just like that clients hire us as well because we're the best we're not the cheapest and so you can see how we're using stories to create new beliefs deprogram Uh current limiting beliefs and then changing them creating

new ones so for everything I'm not sure funnels work from business okay let's make a post about funnel types a client I'm working with right now came to me and they wanted to do this we suggested this here's what we done uh here's here's the result I'm not a take person so I can't manage the funnels uh software myself okay so Outsourcing I Outsource thumbnail video editing because I'm not get a good you know so you hear me talk about other things that I also Outsource because I stay in my lane and that's why clients

hired us because we we're good at what we do but we're not good at everything and clients aren't good at everything that's why I hire us um I don't have the time to build my funnels myself so priority well you shouldn't right I also don't have time to do um you know I don't mold a lawn we have a robot to do it because I'm saving time I'm doing this and that to save time so I have time for my family just like that you should also hire people to do things for you so you

can spend it doing what you love doing the most which probably serve your clients or be with your family and travel whatever it is so we then look at the format um we got the topic we got the content the headline and the content piece to change beliefs and then uh format is written live stream video um choose between those and to be honest most people just do image and written and that works great and you can do that obviously in YouTube you know that those sort of platforms you uh you do more videos and

then maybe it would be more like how do I use this software you would create the video that they search for how to implement or how to create a funnel in this software the video answers that builds Authority and credibility so that they go in the description click your portfolio and hire you to do it for them so if you teach something you also indirectly increase credibility if it's good on the other hand if it sucks then you decrease the perception of your brand as well that's why content is key your photos everything you publish

it has to be what the perception it has to be the same level of of quality that you want the perception to be like they look at you as someone who's premium then make sure that content copy images videos you post uh hold those standards so that's content helps you get more leads I'll see you in the next one all right you did it you have gone through all the foundational stuff and now it's time to launch can you imagine in one day or maybe a couple days depending on when you're watching this how much

you're splitting it up and how consistent Focus you can stay throughout this course you're about to launch your portfolio and it's about to begin and this is kind of like the scary part for some people CU it's scary to create a new subscription software it's scary investing your time and effort into something cuz what if it doesn't work well you know what's scarier to me is if I don't try because what if it does work and what if it does work for you because it did for me when I was super scary when my wife

was paying for everything and she got pregnant I was like I need to provide for my family that was scary investing in myself was scary buying my first ,000 course was scary investing my five first $5,000 coach was scary my 30,000 Mastermind uh was scary every step of growth is scary every time you go outside your comfort zone it's scary but this one is is pretty minor to be honest and it's just launching your portfolio cuz what could go wrong nothing you're literally risking nothing it's a free trial and you're not even paying for ads

to get clients it's organic it's free you're just reaching out to there's no risk here you're not save you know you're not using up your uh $110,000 savings uh to invest in a high ticket certification program they exist out there but you don't need it right now right that's why I put out all this stuff for free that's why we have our certification at like less than a thousand to be competitive to be available to everyone and so now in the next video you're going to see me download a template customize it um then optimize

our social media profile all that good stuff to actually launch your first or next business and the best business you've ever had trust me when I say that this journey of being a freelancer to uh eventually even selling your agency which is possible I have sold my funnel agency I have been acquired I have gone from0 to 10,000 to 100K per month and Beyond I've been through all of this and trust me when I say it's worth it anyways enough of me rambling let's get into it right we're going to start building your portfolio and

then it's time to launch here very very soon very excited for you and I've created a lot of templates we keep creating them so I'm going to show you where to find them um there's a link so download portfolio funel template link and it takes to this right here um I don't know all the platforms we'll have in the future so it's best to check the link in the 30-day fun Builder checklist but um here we have first a tutorial how to download these but it's very simple it's like okay we have the um you

know the preview so if I click this it's going to show you uh a preview of the page and then honestly you could just use this as a um as a template for your portfolio as well but I also have a specific like funnel agency portfolio I think I have a few but we'll take a look at this one uh first funnel agency portfolio and then you can just you know customize it change the background color an image um change the text and your and this image of me obviously and the logo uh Delete the

reviews if you don't have change it to yours if you do have uh why you're different what you help people do all of that uh if you don't want this you can delete it and then just do just upload a bunch of your work for years I just had this section with uh you know building High converting sales funnels for personal Brands and then here's how I work and I just I just listed out different uh projects that we worked on you can also have funnel type and any other information you want to hear with

those uh process here's how it works apply to work with us if it's a good fit boom um get you onboarded we launch you can scale your business simple three-step process testimonials examples introduction of you and your guarantee guarantee could be simple uh like we do 30-day um conversion optimize uh 30-day split test like conversion optimization it doesn't have to be money back guarantee I don't do this for services I do say that um you know this could also be why we're different doesn't have to be it's risk reversal why are we different because we

don't just build and leave you we also do 30 days of of support to help you maximize conversions great and then you just keep adding those and if you're like I'm starting out how do I even build these well these are uh funnels that you can just download here so let's say you want to do a course funnel uh you could download a template like this and you can see here download fso template um highle template and then you could start from this and customize and create a brand new course funnel then use a tool

like a screenshot like a Google Chrome plugin and grab an image of this boom Go full page for example I grab the image and then I'm going to cancel it now but uh if I just let that screenshot everything I can download the PNG and create an image like like uh this one right and then I can just add text sales followed by me and that's it you can start posting promoting those uh uploading You Know download new template create a new one boom upload that reach out to people post what you're doing collect case

studies testimonials uh charge 500 1,000 and then keep scaling from there and then you just now we get to fill this out um so we've done that we've done that we've done this we've done that just fill it out and you complete this 30-day funnel Builder checklist and then you'll scale from there from your first client second one the third one just increase um the output and you will get the input you increase the input into the business yes and you'll get the the results that you're looking for so go crush it if you have

any questions we're always here to help um I think you'll do great and then if you if if anything isn't clear just go back and watch those videos and post in the community for for help or join the Q&A calls honest honly just ask me for more help in the Q&A calls and happy to help right now let's design your the the profile cover uh the banner of your social media profiles now for every profile is going to look differently and I'm going to show you designed principles and how kind of uh I like to

Brand my banners but uh please be original be creative and make sure you optimize it to your social media profile so if you're using Facebook like you can see kind of here's what I've used for this one this one kind of same not same style at all not the same design but here's the overview of like here's the format and the sizing of it um you can see I got uh logos of clients I work with I got examples and then uh the main promise and call to action uh here download this free thing very

simple one world class sales funnels and then examples so everything is examples and it's credibility and you want to um to build something that people look at and go okay I want to work with this person so it's both language and design it's if you work with coaches it's for example uh sales funnel systems to book more calls for coaches or automated sales funnels that qualify uh your coaching clients uh it's specific to them or uh just something simple as like we build High converting sales funnels um for course creators and so I am going

to use use something for from a landing page design and turn that into a cover photo and show you the process so again we always look at inspiration first what is what is it that we want to build and then um we take inspiration from that but we don't limit ourselves to to anything so I'm going to go I'm going to use an image of myself uh I like these sort of I can go here and choose like a color something like this to begin with maybe um and then as you got more uh designs

you want to keep adding to your your B you don't have to use all of them in fact I'm not even going to use the the signs in this one I'm just going to use these as a background because to be honest there're are templates but it's not going to show in in the cover photo and it's not like it's more the theme it's okay he's into funnels like you can tell from this that this guy is like it's all funnels so I'm going to go instead of doing 10% cuz Okay that looks good I

was going to say it's going to bleed over like if this one is okay it's because the whole thing is 10% exactly um if I do 100% And then I do one of these like 10% it's going to bleed over now we see the other one right and so if you got layers on layers we'll do 10% on everything cuz it's a grouped image um so that's a good start but maybe I also want a little bit of gradient like I want um I want like a rectangle and then I want that one to be

gradient from the other side down yeah like this and then on top top of this I want to use noise let's try with a light blue one instead of just white I'm going to try something like this yep I like that and then but maybe not 100 maybe 50 yep I like that too is that too no it's not too much I was going to say is it too visible the funnels no because I'm going to add me in here you can see I got a little bit here where I cut out the background it's

sure it's details it's not going to matter too much but still just going to make me right there and then what about maybe we do highlights instead yeah Shadows something like that um what if we do like a color behind me like a strong blue color with a blur like a 500 then we add that like to the side so you can you can see it come out in the background but it's not too strong and then the call to action could probably be the same color right um actually maybe I prefer a little bit

of a little bit of a a gradient in personally I like it to go from one side to the other and then maybe we do four here so nothing crazy one way to use Shadows instead of just using the the regular Shadows here which would probably be best to be honest uh well not that much uh one way to do it would be to just use this layer blur and like what if we do 100 and we just move it underneath there boom and then maybe we want like a stroke but we we just want

a little bit we don't want it too much so we got three and then we just do like 30% there may we do 30 there we do zero here and then text um we build High converting sales actually yeah I'll just keep it simple we build High converting sales funnels for personal brands for industry leaders no personal Rance is fine both of them are fine I wouldn't limit this too much to just say like coaches unless you literally only work with coaches but I I would just keep it more like experts or personal brands or

the info businesses education Brands what if we do high converting sales funnels for personal Brands and then we do I want to try this unisense and then we do personal Brands we again we go kind of gradient on that one as well yep uh this one is a little bit there we go now it's better I was going to say it's a little bit like the shadow is a little bit too much and then what if we also do like C portfolio check portfolio I don't know if that's like the best way to say C

portfolio I'll do 52 I'm going to be B uh bold in in this one what if we do 10 here no I like a simple oh that's the that's the shadow text all right um we probably also want I could add text in here I do have a logo that I could use actually what if I just do like something like this but 10% maybe you don't have to make it super visible or we just keep it simple just keep it there um or we just do actually let's do this we copy it we do

100 and then we move it up and then here which choose another font actually we don't have to have a sub headline like we don't have to but if I did let's say I did something like plus Jakarta and just medium done for you funnels that gets you more sales on autopilot something outcome based again don't overthink this one it's not going to make or break you all it depends what you say if you're like it could actually make or break you if you if you are not clear for an example what you help them

with um I want to do 42 Maybe done for you sales funnels that gets you that get you that get you more sales generates sales for you consistently I don't know uh maybe this one is too big a little bit uh what if we delete that also looks clean so I'll I'll I'll probably go something like this instead just more subtle um how can we for personal Brands so I mean is it perfect no but I created it in what 10 minutes so I'm happy with it um now I can upload this uh here and

then I can link to you can edit this and you can link it to uh check out my portfolio here then reach out to this cuss to get a personal quote for your uh funnel project or launch or your offer or business sweet that's it boom very simple so launch your profile launch your portfolio start getting those clients those leads it's a fun business to be in and this can make you a lot of money when you implement everything you're learning when you focus on becoming good at what you do um yeah I'm I'm I'm

still like 500 funnels and I'm still excited about building funnels for clients it's a very fun business to be in so just optimize everything and be in this for the long run for 5 years 10 years and just focus on becoming a better person yourself and stack those skills and I promise you this is going to be be a fun business for you as well so good luck I'll see you soon right so now we're going to start doing lead generation and we're going to optimize our profile we're going to look at other people's communities

we're going to look at content creation because there's two ways to get clients one is inbound people come to you so how do you put out stuff that makes them want to come to you and when they look at your pro profile and content what makes them trust you and on the other hand what is it that might hurt your Brands they don't reach out to you you cuz personal branding is what is perception from other people and so if you want to get people to trust you and buy from you you only put out

stuff that increases that likeability right and and credibility so if you look at the 30-day funnel Builder checklist we have uh planned everything we've picked the market we've uh you know targeted one specific uh client and then we picked the brand name we got the domain the colors and Logo we got the portfolio and we're building funnels and we're creating that portfolio so we can now uh now start um promoting it so now we're at uh launching so join relevant Facebook groups and our communities where your clients hang out start adding 10 to 20 people

per day to your social media friends list engage and interact with community members in comments daily and create a freebie you can give away when reaching out to people directly so in Bound and then outbound start posting content daily so what you want to do if you look at my profile this is at the time of you recording this is the profile uh but if you look at the cover photo of a funnel Builder which isn't teaching anything uh I also already get more leads that I can handle just from content so I don't have

to do content Outreach I don't have to do um promotions that much because I've now gone from promotion to inbone content and referral systems and that's how create the flywheel if you haven't read the funnel agency blueprint book or listen to the audiobook I highly recommend it uh that's going to tell you more about how to change beliefs through the content get them to trust you but you have to optimize the profile so if you look at U my my picture here uh you can see that it's just a face it's me and I'm just

a friendly face people love someone who's smiling and and being friendly and then uh we we have the uh content itself which is the most important part now if you go through this and look at the content it's not that every post is like selling something or every post is either about you like even about funnels this one is about men become the best version of yourself become the father your kids want to be around um and then we have a picture of my setup and then we have um stuff about how I create videos

and then we have uh interviews I've done with people people then we had meeting uh people at conferences and founders of of high level getting Awards and doing an event and talking to other top Affiliates and we got thoughts about clickfunnels and high levels and uh funnel uh building blocks and behind the scenes of me building stuff and you might be saying well I don't have that office or maybe you do well this one isn't a fancy office it's just a picture with another uh Community member in this case um Jonah from high level we

got a little bit about my sauna I got my new sauna recently we got uh thoughts about um for an example we got thoughts about uh Community feature in high level we got uh things about you know here's how to have an angle why offer isn't selling and sometimes it gets less engagement this one is 37 whereas some of my stuff get like 300 and so you just mix business with personal to become the person that people want to do business with so think about what makes people buy what makes me want to buy from

someone if I need a video editor or a thumbnail editor I want to see how good at they're at something so if they're super funny but they suck at the thing I want to buy from it doesn't like it's not enough we could be friends but I'm not going to pay you but if you're boring but really good at something that covers the boring part imagine if you can do both you can be I'm not saying you have to be a comedian I'm saying your content should be making you an expert showcase why you're good

at something and ignore all the the people the doubters and haters and everyone saying that you know posting funnel designs doesn't work anymore it's a part of it and I'm living proof of that after having made you know having made uh seven figures building funnels alone and so this works it continues to work but the key is going from leveraging other people's communities and building your own community so now I have YouTube I have short form content long form content I have a Facebook group with thousands and thousands of people I have YouTube channel with

thousands and thousands of people and on YouTube I post stuff that are and I'll do a separate video on that but I post stuff that are about funnels and building businesses and funnel designning maybe the software tutorial of the platform I'm using and people see that cuz they search for it how to use high level how to use clickfunnels how to use system system tutorial high level tutorial click final tutorial review uh whatever it is that they search for you create content around that you get them by adding the link in the description to your

portfolio your homepage uh maybe your social media profiles people start reaching out to you and I get leads not just people buy templates and courses I get funnel agency clients from YouTube as well so bring them from search traffic into Facebook where we own it we also go into other groups such as a high level and we go in and look for um people who we want to connect with and it's not about selling them it's about creating relationships just like a sales phone is about like attention building relationships nurturing that relationship and then making

an offer an invitation and so people are in here you know if we're not friends with them I could just go and add uh these friends and I could uh add a few at a time I'm not going to do more than three five at a time because I don't want to come off as a robot robotic bot to Facebook um but then I'll I'll keep adding until I have if we go now friend yeah 4.9k friends so um you want to have 5,000 you can't have more than 5,000 at the time of me recording

this um and then you want to have your your bio about you so I have this right now at the time actually like let me change this uh I'm going to change it to um The Funnel University but anyways you get you get the point we got um content around it we got the bio we got the profile picture we got the banner so just to show you a few other banners business building business leveraging the power Ai and funnels download the free ebooks you can have um you can have freebies you can have your

portfolio so if you want to get that portfolio you know you can stack everything in here my funnel agency automatically course funnel. at this time and I've just gone through a few different iterations of my funnel agency all of them have worked using my personal brand name has worked using uh specific like automated course funnel. comom always got leads with uh with all of them and so from there we go okay now we are adding people engaging so if people asking stuff every single day we go in and engage with them we answer the questions

we find the right resources we make content oursel we're adding people and then we create content on our own profiles as well where you know now we're bringing it to where we can control it we can promote now we don't promote in other people's communities we can promote now and so we can do 80% value 20% promotion and you build this brand slowly over time and don't expect to get clients the first time you post it's going to take a minute but then you get more clients that you can handle because you're building a brand

you become the goto in your industry and then uh when we start doing um uh Outreach we're going to give a freebie like the funnel templates that we build we're going to uh give away stuff like that so if we go down to like a free funnel template for an example um I'm sure I have an example of yep here's one oh this is is someone who stole my funnel template and sold it as their own um so let me find a funnel template I did them more in the past where I needed to get

well so here's one example you could just give this out for free which is what I did when I moved over to high level I wanted to get my my name out there I just gave out a lot of funnel templates so you can reach out to people hey I love working with people like you I saw what you have because you can find their their Link in BIO and you can reach out and say like I saw what you do I love working with people like you I just wanted to be of service if

you need funnels let me know if you need funnel templates I have that as well and just start conversations with people um and then you can script that alre message and teso gets their attention I want it to be no risk and Nob brainer so it has to be something that like hey I I have a free video um I I could send over with a couple things to help improve your conversions or I have a free checklist of things that you want to have in your sales funnel is going to help you make more

money with the course funnel you have um let me know if you want me to send it over that could be your altre message so script that all in a simple Google doc uh public offer free funnel build and change for testimonals for two people we got the script for that what to say when you post as well send the onboarding form we have the script to that as well and then build out the final deliver ask for the testimonial and then scale by posting testimonial to your audience make a special discount offered to new

clients posted on social media follow up with the first client and offer discounted next funnel build so you do the first one follow up with them and ask if they need more funnels if the other stuff if you're good at what you do and if not you practice if you go to what you do and they have more funnels that they need they're going to want you to do theirs as well so it's more about quality than quantity offer another free fun B public to get your first two to three testimonials if you have one

now make another post but don't every don't make every post about hey I'm doing free funnel stuff like make it about uh funnel products that you've built here's a redesign before and after here's common mistakes here's how you can improve your conversions here's what I'm doing when clients come to me talk about what you're doing and then if you don't have clients do like I said do a free funnel design for someone you go from designer to Builder to consultant and growth partner because you understand one thing at a time you develop you add your

stack skills and you become more valuable now up you're pricing focus on getting uh 10 more clients at this rate so maybe you start at 500 now you go to 1,500 you try to get 10 clients at, 1500 then you go to 2500 you try to get 10 clients that's how I've raised my prices all the time and then you create new daily habits to build funnels get leads close clients and repeat just focus on that become a better funnel Builder get more leads get better at communication and it's just repetition it's doing more of

what's already working rather than switching to something completely different so Outreach inbound build your brand but most importantly build your portfolio your skills is going to make people look at your stuff and say I don't care where you charge 5,000 here it is 10,000 here it is they don't need a meeting it's just because you're so good at what you do okay now disclaimer is is this not a promise that's going to work for you the first week the first month um is going to take work and you're going to start by charging low and

then increasing it as you go over time now let's dive in you're ready to now do everything the first 30 days and you're ready to start getting your first client so now it's all about taking action watching the course videos and just being con consistent with um with your daily habits and your momentum and momentum will kick in when you're consistent uh consistently taking action implementing what you do if you have any questions you know where to find me in the private community and I'll see you soon right so now some of you might have

questions like how do I become a good fun Builder like how do I know the skills CU inside I'm a little bit nervous about delivering results for my clients like I want them to be happy I don't want to get paid up front collect the money and then have a refund because I'm not good at what I do so there's two solutions number one is just learning the skills yourself and it's okay to make mistakes as totally normal in any any business but you can also Outsource it to someone in our programs and in our

community who is really good at what they do and you just make a post saying hey I'm looking for a a funnel designer who can help me and my clients uh build the funnels I'm looking for a copyright I'm looking for a tech person whatever it is that you need so do what you do best and Outsource the rest that's kind of what I always say is like use your gift the thing that you're really good at if you're creative pick something that you want to do uh inside of funnels and like Outsource everything else

I personally like to do everything else uh everything myself so I I do that for products that I want to and then for some that clients come to us if I don't have time or or don't want to do the project my entire team does all the work I'm literally automated and outsourced from from the process if I don't want to do them so uh in the next couple of videos you're going to see how I design some of the graphics uh masculine themes feminine style um different types of Graphics modern gradient all that inside

of figma figma is free it's a software you can use can download the app or use it online at figma docomo I think it's like 15 bucks per month or something uh I used that once my files and um the usage was up because I had too many too too many projects and now I have team members in here as well and stuff like that so uh bingo.com it's free start playing around with it but watch this videos first so you can see how I'm doing it uh with that said enjoy and let's dive in

right now we're going to go over some very exciting Graphics that blew up on social media people Lov them maybe you commented on them a lot of people said can you show me how to create those designs and graphics and today I will and it's actually way simpler than you might think and I might look like a genius for creating uh these or these or or these or these or or this one uh or this one like I mean it's um it's pretty simple actually so let's start by going here and what I'll do is

I'll just create a new frame and then I'll also I'll make this one slide 16 uh nine let me make me smaller here and then we'll fill this with the same color okay first thing we'll need is we need uh the right font so I'm just going to click here new templates okay now it's already chosen because I've been using it but in most cases maybe it would be you know be uh 20 and be something else um let's say it's like aial or inter inter not inter yeah for go and then regular so then

we just first scale it up 192 maybe and then black uh black italic I'll just use that one I I think this looks great as well or monat I know that's kind of like I don't know anyways um let's say we want to use this I'll go okay instead of this we'll just do won't do audio audio auto 180 100 huh 40 what's happening here anyways I'll just drag it like this oh yeah if I do uh create another line then that would matter more okay so uh I'll mark this part because I want to

get the same color just to show you guys and um you might be asking yourself how do you make it how do you make a that color in a in a funnel and there are ways to do it with CSS where you just get that specific um I make this a little bit actually we'll go from white to blue drag this out a little bit there's ways to do it with CSS I usually use CSS more for an entire headline so like if I want to get this entire thing from light blue to darker blue

it's very easy with CSS um sometimes though what I'll do is just I'll get the text so if if I want this for example I'll just click here so I I get the minimum spacing around it not like this so it up uploads an image like this I just get a minimal uh padding on the sides and then I'll export this as a PNG and then maybe I'll do something like this for uh and this is where the spacing comes in 140 you know and I can get that for mobile right so I can use

as an image as well uh a lot of people won't notice and it's not going to take too much space but for this you know this just a side note when it comes to uploading it we're talking about design here so I'll do I'll I'll clone this I'll go white all white and then I'll change this to zero and I'll add a stroke actually pass through can [Music] be uh let me see didn't we set this to let me do that again one second so all white and then we'll do Phill will set to zero

stroke will set to maybe two and 100% so now we have that and then for these I just like to drag them down like this I think that is actually let me let me do one more there we go I'll just move all of them up a little bit and there we go and then I'll start from from here with like 10% 20% 30% 40 50 60 if I still think that that's too visible now I can group this and go the entire thing down to like 50 I kind of like that too so now

we can add a graphic here so one way to do this let me try this actually so I'm going to change this to maybe 20 and then I'll use the background blur make that 10 20 what about 10 here yeah that looks great and then I'll do 20 here or 40 boom so that's one way and then for for these for example by the way you can see the the gradient here that's just a circle like this circle with a layer blur of 500 this color let me show you another example if we do this

one I would just move it underneath everything something like that this one is also just set to 10% so if I change it you can see what happens there but uh now we want these right here so how do you create those well it's very simple as well I know I'm making it sound like everything is simple but it's it's just one piece at a time it's like assembling Lego you go plugins you go mockup and if you're new to figmma and you don't have it installed just go to manage plugins and search for for

uh mock up and then it's uh this one there's others as well that are pretty good so you can search around try them plugin mock up what I'll do is I'll go to um you can find different ones here some are free some are paid I like to pay for stuff to get the premium so let's say I want this let me go and click this one for examp example so two different uh designs maybe I want this one here so I'll click there we go so first click the screen and then the frame that

you want imported and then I will oops looks like uh there's a glitch no we're still going to use it click it should just be to for me to move this up let's try another one this no doesn't look great for the company me doing um let's do this one usually works I did have one issue with this um last week when I created these or was it this week when I created the the graphics I had an issue with this but I just I I uh closed it down and did it again and then

it worked there we go I don't know if it's because I'm filming or why it's doing this um yeah it might just be slow there we go continue and then it's going to generate and then I'll pick the size so maybe I want 3,000 just to get a bigger one and then I'll move it up so now I'll close this I'll move it up here maybe I'll make it overlay a little bit there we go I think that looks great all right now we got the next one well these are very simple it's just you

grab an image like this one this one and this one or you know if you want like you could even do this click uh command shift and four on is what it's on my MacBook screenshot and then just go drag it in here when you have all of them you put them the same size so if we go here move it I like to have some spacing between them move it up boom all the designs that we want to use there we go add them in here maybe make them go outside a little bit that's

fine and then I'll just a little bit of radius in the corners maybe a stroke but then we make a gradient so it fades in there and then the ellipse behind I like to use from something from the design that we're using so that's good and then this I would just change it to the same color there we go you can test this by going here as well to make sure you get something you like and then I would also change the you know say if it's oops I would also change the text so it's

not the same obviously so if this is new designs or new tutorials uh you just go and update all of the text here as well new and then you can copy this make sure you pass match style so you get the same and then now you have it you can just update each of these very simple and then maybe for this we want to delete it or maybe we want it to go all the way out or maybe we want it to go something like this or goes in a I don't know be creative try

to come up with new ideas you're seeing something then innovate on it and now can just make this a little bit bigger so it takes up more of that space because this should be in the background and this is the headline and the graphics are the the key here next up we have uh these well these are just screenshots of uh trainings I've done so if you wanted to create this let's just create this one for an example I'm going to copy it out here and then I'm going to recreate it because that's also a

cover so it is a design that I've done um so I'll just I'll delete this and this I'll delete everything I'll use this font though become a master funnel designer 156 okay 132 it's better and uh logo we'll just use this for the logo I'll make the background the same so we'll go Color Picker there we go to get this sort of effect great and then this will make uh we don't need stroke maybe okay 30 and then what we need is we need the same 21 because you can't have unequal pixels 121 okay now

shift drag in oops now I can drag in again I'll just put 900 and not have to worry about it there we go and then pered by I'll make that 32 or 26 I'll make a light spacing 20 and very simple we'll just keep that one simple uh the background is not the same still can you see what's missing I'll click right click noise there we go image down to 50 so that's the image we imported 30 maybe 50 I don't know uh uh uh oh let's try something else as well so if we wanted

to add in maybe a [Music] blue gradient no we'll add in a navy blue but we want yeah well I was thinking maybe the other way we do 100 here uh I wanted to get the this like you can see the the background effect here the noise the grainy noise but then here we don't have it so then I could go here let me make this in the middle but then this becomes oh yeah I like I like this I think better yep all right getting that effect maybe down a little bit so you get

the the point that's kind of how that one is designed oh yeah then we have a a huge figma text like 392 452 have five just move that 492 yep move that there figma and that should be behind everything all right so that's how you create that and then you can screenshot it so now so you literally create that one and you can export it uh you can name if you want to uh drag it in here and then here remember we're taking one step at a time to create graphics and so now if I

add in three of these because I have three different trainings I can add stroke white gradient radius corner maybe 20 oops 20 and then maybe a little bit of a shadow 100 30 let's see 30% um maybe move this one to the the front yeah and then this would be new tools and then we can change just the color of that as well if we want to new tool kit 192 and then you change the the stuff in the background so that's how you create these very simple uh the books I've done the same way

like this it's just that it's been more like a book format when I've uh designed them just one at a time the background the logo the text different gradient for the text export it as an image 3D from canva actually just type in 3D uh headphones 3D microphone 3D whatever you want and then you'll find graphics for those same thing here book audio book um here a rectangle re angle and then a rectangle with without opacity download the figma uh logo without background add a drop shadow behind it it's very simple like step by step

just adding more stuff in here and then that's how you create amazing Graphics so hopefully that gives you like an idea of oh it doesn't have to be too complicated it can be pretty simple actually so I would love to see your results when you post this in the community and then I'll see you in the next one right another live design inigma and this time we got a dark theme Mike fham is the name I gave this person if you're watching this mic this stock image person uh what's up and I wanted to create

this for Freelancers personal Brands who maybe want a more premium uh style in their brand so maybe that's you maybe you know your business own you want that or you're a funnel Builder and you you build uh funnels for clients this is going to help you create this one so what we have first is we got a few colors and then we got two images so one way to get the images is to let me actually create a new frame so when you have images you can just create F boom move it over them and

now they are inside of the frame so just a cool little cool little hack I'm going to move this one out because I only need this person probably need him to be somewhere around there uh I'm going to go make me smaller first of all and then I'll do fill uh the background to this color so there we go and then I'm actually going to so let's crop this first I I keep command and drag this down and then oops maybe we keep me on the left side that' be better I think and then we

just crop this in a little bit as well there's also crop here and click crop but uh this works and then I'll click fill you can see the color is not under him it's over him so I can create this overlay I'll click this color and then I just boom move this up and then I move this a little bit to to not cover his face see that so I move it somewhere here and now this person can be I think you can stay there maybe we even move it up a little bit there we

go all right so now we have that part the best way to to get those images though is if you go and click R let's say I want an image like this and there's multiple ones I use pixels a lot so plugin pixels and then you can just you know type it in here or portrait faces you can get the person um there are plugin to also remove the background I like to use uh something called clipping magic because there's a brush for hair there's all these things but there's so many tools right now they're

all getting pretty good where they can all pretty much do the same thing they can cut out the background you can see what it looks like original and then when it's all cut out and then I just download it and add it into figma and that's how you have that now for the text uh right there I'll click T and write Mike fham and then I'll use a font like photography signature maybe 92 I'll do 72 left align I'll just move that up there and then I want to have text support oops support atyou brand.com

and then for this I'll just use not photo uh Jakarta s 20 maybe 24 and regular is fine move that up here uh plugins iconify to get email icon I'll use one that is just outline doesn't fail completely and then a color like this maybe what I can do is anytime you find something that you really like you can just screenshot bring it in and then use the Color Picker so I'll just use the Color Picker to get that color and there we go you can also when you have the spacing here you can move

it around here to get the perfect let's see 1 to seven all right Mo that up a little bit I can group this and I can Mark both of them and I can align it there we go and then I can also group this and Center align it is that correct I like this better all right then we have this bigger text here and smaller become a well-paid full-time freelancer so we can try something else we can do text that's the text box um become a well paid freelancer or high ticket freelancer let's first change

this to uh plus Jakarta actually what if we do like something like he vas 92 142 let's delete this we have Auto spacing 156 192 well paid freelancer I don't like it let's do monserat just excuse me just to see what it looks like yeah that's that's okay what if we do 200 160 all right and then for well paid I'll click fill and drag this down to something I'm happy with or I can just go here click actually want it a little bit darker like that well paid freelancer I thought we were doing High

ticket High ticket and then there we go and then this part so I'm I'm actually going to mark the text copy paste delete High ticket and then move this up right there in front of the guy but decrease this to like 5% maybe or 10 and then do a stroke one so see how we're getting that if I do five you'll see how strong it is so maybe two or one yeah one is fine so now we have that effect right there so it's two elements I could even do the same for uh for high

ticket where I say okay we want no well that's going to cover his face so let's not do that um boom you can see what that looks like even o it could look nice if we just like we [Music] Center Center him right there and then we just make him like the center of the page there we go figure all I to get freelancer so there's a lot of of things a lot of ways you can get the same outcome look at that and then we would have oh I forget that I can't copy paste

anything I'm so used to copy pasting once I build something in figma and that's the beauty of it but now I'm showing you how I'm doing it there we go maybe we add a little bit of gradient what do you think little bit lighter little bit darker and then oh this might look good if we do freelancer where is okay I'll just use this 100 minus stroke let's this get this down to 32 maybe five spacing can be simple there we go cut it out as add paste in book free strategy strategy call all right

so that's one way to do maybe we add a little Shadow to this as well now we'll see what if we start here we going to see blurry maybe we do 10 y 50 yeah 50 blur and then we just do 50% of it we get a little bit of that shine that's good oh what if we do this so we click all boom and we create this effect behind him as well all right so I got two ideas here one is that we do effects layer blur 500 and we move him under everything and

then down oh okay you can see what happens here so if I if I delete that then sure we could do something something like that for the background no I don't like it what if we do like subtle subtle subtle there I like this this yep um and you could mask this so it goes gradiently Fades into the background as well but I think this is even fine to keep like this also you could just do this add a rectangle boom same color and [Music] then Z to Boom see that see what we did so

but I like this too all right so is there anything that you might be asking how do you do that part uh limited spots available very simple you create a text element like this one um and you just add in here same icon from iconify get it there I keep it I keep it very subtle because it's not the main focus it's just like once you're ready to start booking maybe here I need to have a little bit more do 75 so you can see it on a background like this you know I was going

to say I have one more idea for this so let's try that as well delete this and now delete this and that is that I'm going to add a circle like this and then I'm going to go white and just like 3% maybe even two and I'll drag you down all the way here because the first one I want to go right there so we'll see it it goes behind you but the the body and the head goes is bigger so now when we have it this one I'm going to copy it and drag it

out even more boom and then I'm going to Mark both of them Center and Center so now I'm going to I'm actually going to delete this you can see what's happening in the background now we're getting this effect what I could do if I wanted to I could just go and still make this a layer blur like 100 but it doesn't have the same effect well I could do it in one of them yeah for sure uh what if we try something like this no no it's going to mess up the background so I want

to keep it to that and then 2% and I don't even want the the blur for this one what I could do though is I could do one more drag it out Center it boom now spacing here same spacing from this one to this one to this one so that's important now what I can do I can mark all of them and I can play around with the sizing until I'm happy so maybe I just align it right there and I could even do this I Mark all of them if you've made so let me

let me show you what I'm what I'm thinking so this is too much right like it's too it's it's too uh distracting from the actual design and copy and the person so I could do this and take this down you know 20 uh it's important if you do have a color like let's say you have the color B something like this and it's 100% if this stays 100 and you make this 2% then this is also going to be 2% because pass through is 2% so pass through is every everything in the element fill is

the fill of it you can have this be 100% this be 2% and this still be 100% so that's kind of how that works but let's say we want to play with something that's more on brand with the buttons we could TR try something like this now we have 100 on this side the top zero at the bottom and now I can just move this to see what what that does to the design so now if we do 30 we get a little bit bit of it but it doesn't take away too much of the

focus uh now when I'm looking at it maybe I don't want maybe I don't want three I just want two of them boom there we go no now it's covering that side of the text we want to give it some space and there we go it cuts through the logo the support the head comes down here to make it all come together so hopefully that's uh helpful uh you might change the color you might change the I mean you will change the picture it's a stock image but um play around with the background using the

circles the gradients uh blurring it into the background text elements uh different ways to to uh just be creative let your creative Juices Flow and uh Post in the community so I can see what you're building right peace all right welcome back to another design training and uh tutorial live buildout so in this particular tutorial in figma we're going to build out uh a feminine style similar to uh what you see here I'm actually going to show you a few uh things here to kind of rebuild it and show you how it's done and then

I highly recommend if you haven't watched maybe you're a uh a female and you want this training particular because for you I also recommend you watch the other ones because you'll see the Tactical and you'll see the technical and the strategic sort of like why I'm designing things the way I'm doing and then you can take that uh no matter what branding you have you can take that into your own business and customize it um so it's helpful to watch all of them the live build outs all right so uh we have this one and

then we have this so Elegance got flexible and flexible 2 and you'll see here the difference between these are it's the same copy same branding but it's structured a little bit different so we'll talk about why I'm doing that as well um but first let's start with this so I'm going to copy this over and going to go here um and I'll just create a new frame so always start with a new frame and then I always start by moving me around uh go frame I'll just do this 1920 because I want to maybe go

all the way down here sweet um okay the background is a little bit maybe we should maybe we should change it a little bit so we can see the differences all right there we go so first thing we'll need is we'll need a little rectangle for the logo we go up here boom rectangle not Circle sorry and then let's see what's the font monat i cck t Elegance oh it's already it's already monzerat which is great and then I'll just leave that right there text again Master the Art and Science of writing now this one

we don't want any spacing we don't want moerat maybe we want something like I'll just make this bigger first we'll see 72 yeah that could be great um let's see maybe we do Len that's one that's pretty pretty nice um we have blacker okay so blacker um this one is play fair so maybe we just yeah this one regular semi I'll do semi semi B bold and we going to left Aline that then we need a picture so remember how I always say best way to find these is is you create a rectangle and you

just actually you don't have to create a like you could just click go plugin pixel and you can type in female uh CEO or you know something and then you can go down and and you can click it's going to add it to uh the frame I just like to First choose the size and then I add it into to there but you don't have to and then I would use something like clipping magic or another figma plugin to remove the the background so then we have the person right there uh then we want oops

let me make all right well there goes there goes I uh add camera there we go and I'm back uh I want this to be maybe more like uh plus Jakarta 32 and regular right something cleaner because the headline is more artsy and here we got monat maybe even I don't know Gilroy or is that to plus ARA is probably better and then I'll do plug in low msum depending on how much you want you just make this smaller and do autogenerate I'll do 20 uh 24 if I cared about do 40 here if I

cared about having the exact same uh exact font size as I will in the live Bild out then I would yes I would like this wouldn't be 72 because the frame I think the right the correct frame to use would be something like MacBook Pro right and uh it wouldn't be 24 it would more likely be 20 but I'm looking for the visual of how I want to design this brainstorm come up with um uh an ID a brand identity and and the graphics if I add for example oops if I add if I add

for an example a circle behind and I do something like this I'm looking to lay a blur with you 200 I'm looking to then group together images export them and add to the page builder so I'm not looking for the exact um exact numbers in font and that sort of thing maybe we change this a little bit switch it up and then if we're lazy we just grab this as the butt button move it here that one says get started for free we will make that a bold here we go [Music] so this says it's

in the middle you got to look at what makes sense when you look at something visually as well actually maybe we do zero on this because if you look at the logo we we're going with a pretty elegant design this will do maybe we do 50 here all right and now I'm going to add a rectangle going to drag it up there and all the way down here and then I'm going to choose a color like this do gradient this one goes from zero to 100 because we got the background so we're gonna move all

of this down and boom now we get this sort of a effect here this is one way to keep it like even if we decided to add this here download your free gift which we don't have to make it look exactly like that one second let me just add a support email um we could keep it like this but what I've done here you can see if I just I show you I'll make it white effect drop shadow now you want to have at least 100 because you want this soft like 5% Shadow maybe we

even try to make it aligned here and with the support there actually the will set Center this drag it out here make it bigger so what about now okay there we go and then I actually I'll just I'll just keep it at that and then I'll do yeah that that could work um I mean I could round it off a little bit because if you look at the the font actually I want to do one thing here as well I want to do what the art inside of writing um certification for copywriters so I just

add adding that to be clear what it is semi bold move that down maybe do 20 22 maybe bold okay um so here's where we could add that in here I could just copy paste now because I've already added it so it could be download your free ebook and then this could be the image of the ebook oh yeah I was gonna say this right here you could just move it up like that even if the background of that section goes here this is like a minus um what's it called minus spacing at the top

so that you move it up instead of like moving it down you just go okay move it up to this um you could also just keep her uh there or you could crop it up like this um easy to change change that in in the settings later actually maybe I want more present I think I want more like something like that but then it goes so maybe I move maybe I move let me just try something maybe I move everything a little bit this side and I change this there we go is the book download

your free ebook if we make this this like 42 46 we can move this up and have another call to action I wouldn't say get started for free download or get your free book center line so we get it in the middle we could also just not fill it and just have an outline because this one is the main call to action so we could do that and we could just have a simple reminder on the download we can even have the headline be different here and then this becomes the ebook and then we move

this up a little bit same spacing padding uh actually this doesn't have to go all the way out I like to keep this simple let's do 10 group we just Center it all right you can see here we're we're getting her inside of the Box still all right there we go and then uh these logos are just logo.com so if I grab one of oops one of them gray I'll just change this UH 60 these are 40% pass through I'll make them 100 there we go and maybe I don't want it 100 because it's secondary

I'll do 50% all right maybe even smaller because it's taking up a lot of focus if you're like G why do you you know it's details it's um I think if you want to be great at building funnels you you have to pay attention to details you have to this right here you could download just the graphic pop it into your design and then let me boom yep flip horizontal and then we'll we'll do 30% there yeah you want to you know take your time and and do it the right way you don't have to

skip anything like here I can notice we we don't have the email icon so I can go into and we can make her a little smaller just we get the plugin iconify get the email so if you're a beginner maybe you're doing this to practice if you're a funnel Builder maybe you're building these to have for your portfolio uh either way pay attention to the details like the the padding the spacing like it all matters like imagine if you had this you had it like this or you had it excuse me you had it like

this doesn't look good when you start looking at these things it doesn't look great if you have all of these you have them here doesn't look good give it space to breed all of it so um like if I wanted to add them on those let me show you how to do that as well if I wanted to have this let me see there we go white effects drop shadow I can do minus spread but tons of of Y and then I get like a 50 now I'm getting that sort of oops maybe want something

like this I can just group it and and duplicate them and that probably looks better than having all those if it's still too much you can come in here test it and do 10% instead of 25 and is softer all right so that's how you create those designs same thing with this one this a person inside with we got uh stroke or the frame so nothing crazy there preh headline main headline sub headline icons from like iconify adding rectangular import Stars add a person to like if we do if we do these for an example

test else oops one group we want these separate 50 we'll keep them here in the middle I think this is the middle and then for each of them let's just say we do 300 * 300 and then we do 900 to get circles and now we probably want more like 100 150 little bigger there we go plugins pxel and then you know if you practice you could just go in here and add and add people and then if you want to add frame oops you can add on inside or outside or we just do a

gradient that's that's a lot we'll do five all right so maybe we want a testimonial here amazing ebook 32 that becomes the the headline and it's important to keep in mind too like for every let me just give a little bit of Laura msum 40 [Music] 20 for all the text elements you can just go by the 50% rule so if this is 32 this could be 16 right if the headline is 72 text uh could be like here we have 72 this could be 36 and it would still look decent if you do the

right um the right spacing maybe we also want a little bit more like a softer color for for those like this one for example now let me just change it back to the same f F size maybe we do 26 this could work then you can update that for for the text boom so uh very simple one thing I would recommend is you just practice a lot um now let's do this one real quick yeah you just practice a lot and it will become pretty simple for you to to design these so this one frame

slide we're using this background but then we got a rectangle first we got one up here so that's for the top bar announcement bar if you will and then uh let me save you time and and just move these over because you've seen me change the text and everything El so it's more about like okay how do you design this for example in the background um so I'll copy this make it white then change that so we have like this uh gradient I I believe it's the other way around so it should be zero here

100% here yep and then let's make this bigger as well and then we want this to be more like this you just drag this part down that's better okay so very simple and then we get like a vid in the middle we make that 20 pexels yoga there we go text oops Auto Laura mum text is the sub headline and then we have positive Rie we've also already done that part if you haven't seen the reviews again this is kind of why I mentioned it's it's great if you go and watch other videos and funnel

build outs as well cuz all of them build on top of each other like we don't go over everything twice um this for example is just an image you can Google play button transparent background play button transparent background and download a button like this for videos and stuff maybe we just want it to be like super subtle all right um what if we do not too much you know no it's fine um what else do we have we have um icons so the way that I've done those um let's move over the button just a

rectangle go with text in gradient and then sometimes I grab the color I grab it from from the design so what if we do something like that but then also sometimes I just want something completely different like let's say that I want I want like U Green version for example I'll just go because you just want more sometimes you just want more contrast you don't want it to blend in right so um testimonials so here's how I create those shift get this right here add in a person um highly recommend this make that 32 or

42 left aligned P Jakarta S I believe 20 there we go all the way down maybe more like 40 Lura msum or that wasn't super helpful um unless it's a short one it's better to have great testimonials than long ones meaning they're specific they're like exactly what you help people with is what people in testimonials also say like yeah that's that's why I loved working with them because I got the result that I was looking for so boom group that together now you have testimonial let's move this a little bit close Center under the button

there we go all right um what else do we need well sometimes you might want to just smooth out the background a little bit like you want to have that brand color but also you might want to add other stuff to the background so you might be doing something like this and adding it underneath all of it all right what about want a little bit of green in the [Music] background so hopefully this has been helpful um one thing that I will say on this part is I've just resized the same content I moved the

testimonial got a vid on the right and the reason why is because now we get more above the fold if you have a big video and this is the only thing that they'll see they don't see the testimonial here and the call to action so in your split test sometimes you want to test what if we add headline sub headline and call to action then the video right we have the ratings the reviews up here so um keep that in mind when you're doing split testing uh it's more about the trust the desire the attention

uh so when you have a claim just back it up with something that's why have rating reviews testimonials at the top because we're like as soon as we promise you something we want to show you before you leave like oh this doesn't work or this confusing like someone said this was the best thing that ever happened to me like oh let me see why that why that is you know so H if you build a female feminine or any style really design it uh Post in the private Community I would love to see it and

uh happy to give you feedback if you want as well all right I'll see you in the next one right welcome to this video I'm very excited to bring you through a sales funnel design a landing page not multiple pages right now I just want to get The Branding the figma howto if you will start to finish build out and show you whether you want to use this for yourself maybe you want to use it for your team some of your team members go through this and you build uh funnels for your business or you're

a funnel Builder uh this is also in the 30-day funnel Builder Challenge and if you want to build funnels for clients this is going to help you understand how to do that how to build a funnel for your portfolio so I'm going to walk you through that process step by step let me just make me smaller here since uh this is what actually matters I'm just going to go start to finish so I'm going to click F I'm going to drag out a frame and then I'm going to go choose 1920 is what I like

to use some people prefer the smaller around 1,500 um I'm going to go here color color pick if if I'm going too fast just go back and watch it again or just go pause it and see where I'm clicking that way we can save a lot of time uh okay T for text Boom the I'm going to make that 92 maybe uh what's this 92 yeah and then I'm going to change the font to uh Jakarta sense and bold I'm going to copy this copy it over and then and move this up a little bit

and there we go so now we have the headline for the logo you can just upload a logo or in this case I've just used text so in order to show you how to do that if we go step by step literally I'm going to show you how to do that as well so I'll do 52 and then for the color I'm going to do gradient blue something like that it's going to be a great logo for now I could use the layout grid you know columns but I don't need it I'm just going to

build out something visual to show you this is usually where our brain St that's that's kind of why okay I can also copy something and just paste it in and you can see that it's going to copy the same style as well if I paste something in right click paste and match style you're going to see that it's going to match the style but I want this to be regular and maybe 32 and then here I'm going to delete it to get the audio uh the auto first not audio and then I'm just going to

move this up actually this say 40 so I'll make it 50 little bit more spacing um the button oh and we also need supporty brand.com I always like to use support email uh or phone number depending on if it's a local business then maybe phone number um there we go all right okay we also need that uh review stuff so look if I drag this in let me show you how I build this feel like I'm almost just in in the way here with my camera but uh I'm going to click I'm going to click

R boom and I'm just I'm just going to make this like 900 you can't make like it's not if I do 600 it's also going to look great I think even 60 looks great 50 yeah 30 now you start see the shifting I just always put something cuz depending on the size you need more look at this 60 isn't enough anymore so when I put 900 boom it always stays rounded Corners so I'll do something like that and here's how I like to get depending on the background if you want to get the same color

family I go totally white and I drag percentage down to 10 and then I click this so it doesn't shine through so now it's the exact color and now it fits with that so if I change this to let's say black this doesn't match anymore but if I go White 10% or even 15 and I click this now it matches right and then we want the Stars instead of wasting your time uploading Stars you can literally just Google it if it's behind I can just X cut it out click and paste and then it goes

on top of the thing that I that I marked when I pasted the image and then for the text I'll just do let's say 4.9 out of five stars by 100 happy customers I'll make this maybe 20 again same thing drag this out same spacing on both sides boom Mark everything group it and then I can double click this to just get the the box and I can go stroke white that doesn't look good in my opinion so I'll do look it's too strong so I'll do 30% of that and now you can see it's

just kind of uh subtle you could also do stroke go here Color Picker pick this color and then you can see here what it looks like like so we'll do 30% of this that's also good sweet and uh if I want to have an email here I can just go up here click right click go plugins you want to add your plugin me I already have um a lot of plugins installed so I would use iconify maybe I used a few different ones so email I just drag this in I close and I go down

to selection colors and now I can even just go color marker use the same color here drag it close a little bit more there we go all right uh we need a button so R for rectangle there we go should we use we do 10 I think that looks great and fill we're going to just model the logo there we go switch this from one side to the other actually like okay I make this a little darker so white text can be visible get instant access 42 by the way we have the Vault for um

for all the call to actions and stuff so you have 30 different buttons you can choose from there we go g access and then we could also add no contracts cancel and any time the reason why we put risk reversal under like if you have a 30 minut uh 30-day money back guarantee you could put that we just want to have something that once we're asking them to take action the call to action here we can have something that is uh decreasing the risk hence why it's called risk reversal move this out here you can

also group and just click here and now it's centered if this is like a little bit left aligned and you have two elements you click this is going to align it this going to make it smaller and maybe 75% visibility or pass through same thing here and then I can just go fill what's the color there's the code and same thing here now we need 100 all right so that is part of it now uh you can see this right here okay so you want this effect as well I'm going to click o keep shift

down to get this circle and then I'm just going to pick a color so let's start with a darker blue first I'll even go a little darker effects layer blur and then let's do 500 is yeah that's enough I'll just make it bigger and then as soon as I go outside you can see what happens so I'll just stay inside but I'll go okay it's in the middle I can also Center it like right there but now it's covering a lot of the stuff and I want it maybe I want want it to come down

a little bit more so just to show you I I could do this I could just go boom and I could model what's you know what someone else is doing but the goal is to get inspiration from other projects and then create something unique right so then I'm just going to drag this down under everything and boom there we go now what happens is if I actually let me move this up a little bit say that I like this now this background doesn't doesn't feel like it's a good um doesn't feel right to me like

it doesn't match as this matches better so now I'll do this again 10% and guess what I'm going to keep it actually like that because if I add something like this line here I'm going to show you how to create this if I add this then maybe I want it to go underneath actually let me show you how to do that so first how do we create this you can see it's a a radiant line that Fades into the background maybe you want to have a background color custom made um all you do is well

you can do it two thing two ways you can click l and just drag out a line and then I'll make it bigger so we can see it maybe maybe 20 and then within this line I just click gradient and then I drag it to the side so it's not top to bottom okay so we have that and then in the middle I want it to be visible the most so I'll make it maybe maybe 50% in the middle and then here it's zero and zero so now we already have this line that goes from

one side to the other but let's say that I want something more like a blue here and I want a green one here okay and then this one is 100 this one is zero maybe I want this one then to be more like blue or so uh now I can double click you see this so I can drag this down for example and then I can just click command and I click it again and boom there we go so now if I want it to be you know however I want it to to be structured

I can do that I'll double click it and then I'll move this down and then you'll see what what what happens if I do this as well okay so if I want something like this awesome and then I can also keep command down and just move it around a little bit drag it out so on and so forth I'm just I'm not going to make this super visible I'm actually going to put it here so you can see what I was trying to illustrate earlier so if it goes behind there for example let's say I

want it something like that now if this is behind everything else so I'll drag it down there and I want this to be visible but I I don't want it to cover the text and and be a distraction so what I'll do is I'll double click here so I get the rectangle and then I'll go to effects I'll go to background blur and I'll do 10 at first just so we can see okay now it's making a little bit blurry I'll do uh 30 that's a little bit too much I'll do 20 so depending on

how big it is um you need more or less blur like if if I add a blur to all this text and I add this huge uh box above it it's going to need more blur because it's bigger but that's that's okay for now so that's how you do it I wouldn't necessar keep this 20 I think it's better to be subtle and I wouldn't necessarily keep it there I could just do something like this if I want it to be there in the in the background but here I don't think that it fits in

at all in this situations I'll just leave it like this you can see I've I've made it here under the dashboard so instead what I'll do is I'll just keep building a few things out here so you can see what that looks like now maybe I want to grab this right here so copy paste command CV and then maybe I just want to make it a little bit bigger and I want to move it out to the sides I copy it move it out to the sides or maybe I want to have one down here

and I want to have one up here and maybe I even want to have one that's a little bit more Yep there we go and then the the layer blur is a th000 instead and then I just I move that one or instead of green maybe I just want this one so I'll I'll go and find that color and now it you know it might look when you zoom out it might look like it's too cluttered but on a sales page like you'll see this on mobile like you'll see this and then you scroll down

and you'll see you'll focus on the content so these are just there to strengthen what you're building or backing it up and so so now you can see what I have here a dashboard and this is you know just one example if you have a software obviously you want to use your own dashboards I'm just showing you how I've designed this so uh what I'm going to do first first is I'm just going to drag out uh create this re actually I'll do this again I'll do 10 boom actually it's a little bit I'll do

something like this and then yep no shouldn't stay at the top but I'll change that here soon once I get in the this isn't aligned is it it's not aligned look maybe it's the bottom it's just the button there we go I was like yeah it doesn't look good doesn't look like it's straight okay so now we do 30 here maybe and maybe even gradient so you can see that it goes and blurs together well with um or it fades into the background so actually now I do want to try a greenish version here what

about 500 that is can drag this down as well okay I'll go back and try that later we want the structure first sweet uh now no I don't like that I'm too much okay that's better that's not as as strong okay so now for this I've gone to UI generator and then you can pick colors here right and you can also do dark background so I do let's just use another one I use that one I think for since it's a template but let's say we want to use this one I'll download it in PNG

and sure you could download it with a markup but I like it clean like this so I'm just going to drag it in and I'm just going to make it a little bit smaller keep shift down when you adjust and then it doesn't do this and then we're going to make this 20 so it's not going to be 30 and 30 because this one is smaller you can see that that looks pretty good right if I do 30 yeah it doesn't look as as good in my opinion it starts dis Rec in all right now

you can see that the color scheme is also off it's not the same so what did I do here boom look at this so I've changed the exposure and everything to get the color that I want which is pretty like unique it's not something most people would think about cuz like oh I have this graphic no like with everything when you upload it you can fit it into the design so you can right click this and then you can start testing so what was the so here's what I'll do I'll screenshot this drag it in

so when I double click this I can just match it okay so boom and you can play around with it but I'm just showing you what I did here and there we go look at that now I can delete this so now I have a a branded dashboard now I can go to the background and I'll say actually I want the same you see this color right here that I'm using I want that one and then here down here I just want it to fade into the background so I'll even make that zero there we

go and then um maybe you want this behind the the thing so you can see what what what I've done here okay here I have five so we got green 30 here okay zero 30 and then zero and then I just move it up here maybe drag it in a little bit and then I just move it behind everything okay so now we have things built up this far maybe we even want to try something like what if we do stroke we do blue from the bottom maybe five and then what if you want to

try moving this underneath it so I'll I'll try to delete these for now you can I'm brainstorming as I'm doing this so this is great for you to see just kind of how how it might look when you're brainstorming this too much maybe so I'll just move it down a little bit like that but as with a lot of designs I realize that it's too cluttered I want it more simple and so I'll just bring it back down to somewhere in between and maybe even here if I'm like no I like this more I can

just see how I first pick like the color and then I move it up like okay I like this and then boom I can copy I can even go back in into this one and change this if I do 100 I move it a little bit and boom I'm happy right so that's how I actually came to this conclusion by just playing around with the colors I had and you can see that I come back to what I think looks the cleanest doesn't mean I can't do something more blue like if I want to do

if I want to stay blue I I definitely can and then I can even go a little bit further down this path now we're getting to a design that I think looks really good but it just it's different right and now I would also make this more more towards that you know l here I like this too so um for Logos so clients you work with or uh featured in these Publications that sort of thing you can add those I use logo.com for uh templates and stuff so if you just just like you're a funnel

Builder you just want to visually show what you can do that's totally okay to use logo.com just drag them in here change the color of each of them um and then you group them together into one image and then we have um seamlessly integrate all the tools in one platform so you might be asking yourself how did you create this because this is different we got logos we got text we got images and these boxes so we're going to create the boxes first just going to drag this down and I'll try to keep this to

30 minutes just so it's easy to follow along I think I'll I'll just I'll start with a one color boom make it a little bit brighter and then actually want 10 pixels here three of these maybe we set it to 30 pixels in between drag it out so we have I don't know something something like this so I'll need a text element one first that says something like seamless integrate all the tools in one platform actually I want to try something different um the only all in one software for this specific obviously you would you

would say the industry not type this specific industry again it's a template so I'm just freestyling okay so now got the text there maybe we make this a little bit smaller 72 cu the second headline all right uh the big question was how do you create these so let's let's go over that um this is a dashboard from the same actually let me copy this one cuz we have we've used this one already so it's the same one from here but obviously again if you have a client or you have a business you want to

use your own Graphics so I'm going to copy this one over down here actually just to save time I'll use the same one here uh you can hold option down just drag it down and it will copy it and then move it in here maybe I want to illustrate something like this and now I want to delete this stroke for now I'll do 10 or even five here there we go if I want to delete this at the bottom the radius it will fit better there we go just shift down boom and there we go

ready to uh ready to go that's one way to do it um another is just to upload obviously the image that you've designed like if I wanted to design any of these I could also do it by literally either starting from scratch or check this out I copy it so I duplicate it and then I pick this to get the same color and then I'm like I want this to be go down here I want to centered perfect down a little bit and then I want like an o Circle sorry and then I want that

one to be 10% boom and then I want this to be uh so I'll click r or I'll just copy this one again make it well actually I'll just make it same color this I drag it in make it smaller this will be so if I have this uh marked and I copy paste it you you saw that it just it created another fill I want to click this copy paste move down or just option move it down and then maybe I want to change it a little bit to make it more realistic and now

you can create your own see what I'm doing you can create your own graph that way as well and now you can even go in here right click and you can choose pixels uh blue background like you can go and find colors and you can add them in sorry images you can add them in right where you've marked and clicked into the plugin and then we just go actually when I made this smaller you can see the the space facing line height is a little bit off so sometimes you can use just delete this and

it's Auto yeah that's fine now that's actually 91 so maybe I want to do 90 or I want to do 100 100 is also fine and so if we just copy this over shift Mark everything group copy paste just to save time boom there we go and then for the headlines maybe you want feature one I'll just make this yeah 52 is fine and I'll delete this so it's no that's too much 42 left the line drag it here drag it there and boom and now maybe you want for all of these we want a

sub headline so I'll just make something short but I'll make it 20 and regular right click Laura mpson just to get a dummy text so either we make this smaller yeah that's fine and then fill we just choose the color we have here actually I'm not a big fan of this like I would prefer maybe to have it a little bit towards this side you can see what happens here this more towards the black gray area and I want it more maybe towards the bluish so this maybe I want this color I'll just drag this

in here as well and I'll go update this there you go and even some of the stuff here like maybe I want to change this as well let's move it down here so you can see if it's an image actually I've done this already so you can see I've change the color already but if you have an image so let me export this and delete this you have an image you can just do this click R boom Mark the whole thing Mark both of them click here mask go inside of the rectang angle and now

you can just add the color so I can make you know any color that I want boom see so now we have the same color as the text that we want to use all right um so now I'll just move this here as well and there we go you might be asking yourself what about actually this needs to move up as well might be asking asking yourself what about the icons so if we wanted to actually let me just show you what I could do then if I just if I wanted to use icons as

well I'll just move this notice how I always use like same amount of spacing boom always spacing uh even here you can see it's a little bit off it's not align with these so it has to be the same spacing um icons so here's what I could do I click r i just create this for the icon I can keep shift down somewhere there so we have spacing spacing spacing on on all sides I just go actually here I can just click this okay I make this maybe five or 10 and then stroke white down

to 10% as well it's fine actually I want it a little bit bigger there we go um okay right click plugins icons 8 for an example uh I'll just add something in here to keep it simple settings upload to the cloud and then refresh and you can change the settings there depending on what uh icons you want let just move this here each of them where's the third third one I want to see two edit there we go I'll mark all of them and I'll make them 50 and then if I want to change them

first I can just move them in here see what it looks like Center all of them you can also Mark both of them and do this Al line a line Center so if I want to change this as well so iconify for example they're vectors meaning I can change the by clicking here I can change the color of it right I can change the color of it in images you can just simply change without doing the masking that I showed you with these right here but when you what you can do is just go in

remember how we we manipulated the image a little bit so I could do that by changing the contrast okaye I want that little darker temperature tint yeah maybe I'm happy with that so anyways you can manipulate it by changing those to get um you know to get the the color that you want obviously if it's multicolor it's better to have an SVG like the vector file that you can change the color before importing it in here and a lot of times too like let's say uh I want to add some elements to this I think

this is a great transition into um to some of the stuff so we have UI generator uh.org for an example gives you this this it's great for Designing practicing uh templates not obviously for live clients because it's because it's a you know it's it's dummy stuff it's mockup it's fake mockups it's just for practice then we have ui.net and this is really good because you can come and browse and you can look for font icon sets and now you can get icons with um you can get icons with for example the same like vector and

the same style so scenery and travel icons right so now you can get something and you can see if this is in figma yes format is in figma great I use an unlimited um I use an unlimited version where I can download as much as possible because as you'll see we also have wireframes we have uh landing page inspiration and stuff like that but um the biggest part that I use is illustrations so maybe you want to try something like floify okay I download it and I can use this as that was probably a figma

uh a figma file not P pngs let me see figma jpeg okay and then I can choose one of these for an example I'll just do this this to be like save our time let's say I import this into one of the designs and I make it again I wouldn't do this screenshotting it I'm just saving our time here so boom it make me a little smaller and then let's say I want this in the background hopefully you could find something without the background or you can just delete the background as well uh effects layer

blur 1,000 maybe well that's too much 500 okay 300 so see now we're getting and then imagine if we could also get the the color to match the background uh 250 oops 100 oh that's too strong still 200 and then you could even decrease opacity so now if I wanted this to be under all of that where is the you know now you could have a background just as an example obviously the like I said the biggest thing for me has been has been um the the uh illustrations just because I can find a lot

of like 3D assets uh 3D illustrations and like glassify for an example I've downloaded there's a lot of great stuff on here uh I'm not an affiliate by way I'm just recommending it then the next part is going to a site like dribble or Pinterest and then so you have a template maybe you want to practice uh you you have a a structure but you don't have the design in and The Branding what I would recommend is that you go and find design inspiration and add it to the structure so you match style that I

want with the proven framework for conversions the the belief that uh you want to have in that page and then let's say for example I want I like this uh color oh actually maybe I like this one more so now I can just screenshot this one if it will load oops we couldn't find that page okay no worries I'll just zoom in oops screenshot and then I can even go back in here I can add that image and I can create a new frame so let me just copy paste this one for now and imagine

if I just did this imagine if I just made me smaller imagine if I just go and I just want to test something okay so that's how you can start okay I want this but I'll change it a little bit to match the background boom let's see what this would look like with their background there a little bit brighter and then the botton could be actually I want to try this from this side oh I like that already look at that but if we go here oh that looks even better we're going to go here

and then same thing for see here's what you can do when you have a a fill you click here on the side see how it's marked you copy it you go over something else you paste it and then delete the the other one so now we have this but doesn't look great because it's hard to it's hard to see I'll just try I'll just try this I don't know um maybe it's just better to do in this case to just do simple white yeah all right so that's one example of how to find your color

prodcts your inspiration and then same thing on Pinterest there's a lot here so oh that was on Pinterest I thought it was on on dribble so if you want something like hey I like how clean this looks or this boom you just screenshot this add it to your figma and that becomes your mood board Okay so what else what else what else oh yeah scribbles if you want to get scribbles Google scribbles PNG figma and then it can take you to uh figma files that others have created then you can open it in U in

figma like this and then maybe you want to line underneath uh your text so maybe maybe you want this under sales funnels right here but now it's an image so could I just change the exposure well in this case it's not going to change anything so I'm going to go here click R for rectangle Mark the whole thing and boom now group it I can just come in here boom I move it under the text that says the allinone where's the Allin one there's the Allin one under it a little bit and and then maybe

I change actually what if we do I don't know you could play around with that until you're happy so that's one way to to to get those oh and finally um png3 free pick you can um find these Graphics some are free some are premium and then you can just crop out the ones that you want to use as one way the best way easiest is probably canvas so you can type in you can type in scribbles or you can type in so like for example maybe you want to use this you can change the

color here so if you know you want white you can make it white make the background something else so you see the difference uh see how big it is but make it like almost the full so you can then make it smaller in figma and then then you can just adjust this in figma transparency you can always adjust so let's say maybe you wanted 30 you can adjust that um if you want a color like this you can do that and then you can adjust it in figma you know okay I want it like boom

there we go so that's one way to do it let me also try uh geometric for an example and Graphics only and then we come down maybe I want something like this change the color maybe move it around I want it like this which I can also do in figma and then uh there's magic recommendations which is what I like about fig uh canva so now I can click this I also want these uh as an example and then just add pages you have one per page you can export them and then you can add

them into figma and then uh the only thing is you need to have canva Pro which is like 10 bucks or something so transparent background and I'll just do this one for now page one download you can also change the size there and I'll just go drag it in here boom maybe I want it to be 30 and there we we go so there we go that's a lot of information for you hopefully that is helpful as always you can find the templates and stuff you can just download them and start playing around with um

the designs you can invert it so if it's a light theme you can use the structure just change the background okay I'm going to use this exact background so let me show you how I would use this this is a a background that may maybe I want for this funnel template so one section is here above the fold right I would just go and delete everything else okay delete okay not that much delete this there we go move it up to 1080 and then I'm just going to delete individual pieces I could just go and

find it like I could go boom ungroup and delete stuff this way too so maybe I want this and then I want one here as well move it around a little bit like make it smaller and maybe I'm happy with this or maybe I want like a circle here that that's there we go and then maybe I'm happy with that um now I could just go and Export this or make it 1280 to get a little bit bigger and Export this move it down test a few things maybe 75% of this boom and then I

export it I upload into this section I make the text white and that's easy to read Okay add the logo boom super simple uh one more thing that you could do just to give you a bonus is once this is ready you just click actually I'm going to click here on the outside uh plugins and noise so you you can experiment what it would look like if you add noise so I'll just click plus it's not going to cover the whole thing but you can add it to one side you can just drag it out

like that and then you can move it wait frame frame four so we want inside of frame four there we go rectangle there we go 35 30 and now you have this grainy effect if that's kind of your style whereas ah headline you can see what that looks like switch hopefully that's helpful if you have any questions on this or if you need help with anything um ask in the private community so I can help answer like how did you do this what about this part and now it's time for you to start practicing so

download templates find inspiration design them and then use a plugin um Google Chrome plugins full page screenshot just Google that full page screenshot for Google Chrome uh plugin and then you can uh screenshot the full page you can showcase it on your portfolio or if you're not a funnel Builder but you're a business owner then just practice have your team member practice whoever is building your funnels um send them this training so they can see kind of how to design different things and the best part it's very easy to upload this to your um to

your page builder your software because you just export individual images you group them together and then you you know uh import them with a PNG or or or jpeg depending on if you need transparent background uh PNG If this just one image boom you want to save uh file size for for better load speed jpeg a lot of information I know hopefully it's valuable I'll see you in the next one well I got great news for you my friend we have a new uh template for portfolios my own templates that is currently booking me five

to 10 meetings of uh ready to buy clients inbound coming to me seeing my content seeing my portfolio and this is the exact page the exact font the exact color scheme and I'm going to give it to you so you can Implement you can copy it and you can use it for yourself now if every single person uses the same one and we got a thousand people using it it's not going to work uh as well because you won't be original but what you can do is change the background change uh the font use the

same structure to still have this premium um so maybe have black black black and yellow or golden uh theme with this or you invert it into a lighter lighter theme with the same structure in the same font and uh that way it'll look great for you you can use dribble Pinterest Google uh design inspiration landing page inspiration uh to to find your own unique brand and branding but this is a a proven template that works for portfolios so service providers funnel Builders agencies this works great so uh what we have here is we got let

me open up this so we got a few funnels so now you're starting to design if you're a funnel Builder or an agency now you're starting to create uh projects that you can upload maybe it's concept funnels meaning it's a fake brand but you build it to show what you can do for someone maybe it's your first client maybe it's your first free client where you're doing stuff you're designing uh this for a free testimonial or you're designing it for uh your first coach your first personal brand your your first um industry leader that you

want to work with you're doing something for free for them we got the templates you can download all of that great um if you're not using high level or funnels dosl using something else you can just uh follow along and get the figma file with the templates but uh in here uh I'm just going to show you how to create create um the the projects that you'll upload in here so the final example or the course funnel the SAS funnel how to create these graphics and so I'll come back to this and click F I'll

take I'll probably do 1920 to 1920 and then to follow the same theme I'm going to go make me smaller I'm going to create like um a darker Navy maybe this something like this and then we'll start well I'll I'll adjust it a little bit depending on the brand but this one for example I would highlight first something that's super visible so maybe like this design first and then we have enough here for text so we have uh Fitness funnel you can do this let me show you two different examples so if we do one

that's like pretty clean we just make a gradient maybe even 98 what about semi bold what about extra bold that could work um I actually prefer on this one we just do regular Fitness funnel and then [Music] zero and we do like semi bolt and I just want white text simple left aligned let me see if we can do 152 132 maybe yep and then ah I would also want maybe like a smaller text that says built by cust and then I'll make this like 52 regular move this in a little bit make it something

like that what if we also we just change the name to a signature Auto and that be like something like this uh this would have to move down a little bit I got a logo that I could use as well let make this a little bit taller like it doesn't have to be square yeah that's better and then this stroke let's try yellow stroke as well just to see what that would look like I don't know about that maybe if we move this up here oh a little bit to the side maybe so like something

like this and then maybe we don't do 100% we do 30 oops 30 or you it just distraction um you know what we could use here because we got the the smoke in the background we could Google smoke PNG and just drag some in here smoke PNG um transparent something like this and we could download this Pro download I'm sure there's some that that are free as well free download attribution required this is um you know because this could fit with The Branding if this is what you're going for I'm just giving you different options

and so we'll go and add this behind the image and then we could do a few different examp pulse some are less visible like 30 let's adjust it even more yeah we'll just keep it simple and then the background what I want to do is just align it with the design so we have I think I'll just go with black because I want a little bit darker than the funnel like I don't want it lighter brighter I don't want it the same necessarily uh I mean it works if you have this outline here but what

about 1B 1B 1B yeah that could work what if we do drop shadow we do 100 and then 50 now it works because now you can see it with the Shadow and then uh what if we also we we duplicate it make it smaller and we move this up to Showcase like oh look how the this uh smoke comes up all the way here so we'll give it some spacing like the same amount of spacing here as you see on the on the sides so I'll go in a little bit to keep the same as

here and then you'll see maybe move it a little bit like tiny bit and then you'll see this here right there because the headline we we have more here we could just utilize the entire one if if we want to yeah probably want to actually let's try to move it up so we have now we continue from here we we continue there let's see join the movement yeah this works as well now both of them would work I would like to try something here where I bring down this same effect but vice versa yeah I

like this so you saw how I did it here now I do the vice versa cuz it's like this one Fades into that background this one Fades into here I could even like if I wanted to I could go and fill the image with the background and do gradient so I would go down here boom and I just drag this here so that it fades into the background and then I would do the same on this one I could click fill and I would just switch it up that would work all right so that's one

example of what if we do something like I don't know if this works I'll just I want to try it well for one we could change just one of I don't think that this font fits as well with this one um so we could something more bold could do something more bold for sure prime time you know so we could try some another font for now I'll just keep this um I was going to say we could try gradient on this one as well just to be like from from White I don't know um it

also works just doing white doesn't have to be fancy sometimes is less is is better sweet this one I feel like I also want to do it keep saying sweet like I'm like I'm done all right I'm happy well not 100% yeah that's better what if we even squeeze it together a little bit and we make sure that is yeah it's on top we do 136 so it go on purpose it goes a little bit above and then what if we do a shadow like 30 but we do a yellow Shadow that's too much bring

it down bring it down to 50 and then what if we do 50 Shadow so that could be one way to do it Yep this could also be yellow but I like this too so that's that's one way to do it let's do another one with this one so we'll bring it in delete this delete this delete this bring the design in I think for this one I probably want to go with this but then I wonder what it would look like if we add in a taste of this it's a little bit blurry because

of the screenshot like when you screenshot a a page it will be a little bit blurry so now you can see that looks terrible it's not good at all but luckily we're not done so on this one too I would like to add maybe a 100 but keep this to 5% we just get this like soft um soft shadow um I also want to try this so we'll go like this and then we'll go down a little bit or towards here what if we do 200 yeah that's better because it's a bigger image I like

this and then maybe we will do 20 yep I like that you can see how it cuts off there yes it's important so I'll make it a little bit bigger I'll just move it down perfectly to here and then I'll move it in a little bit now I messed it up I think all right the font delete the shadow we don't need this in fact we don't probably want to use that one anymore that's better and then this could also be the same color and this as well and then what are we missing let's try

a stroke just to see what this would look like is that three try the same effect you kind of start getting an understanding of how I like mine I think I think that works but also actually what if we do this I just I want to try it because is yeah that could work too um but then on this side I prefer to just maybe keep it like more subtle 30% um and then I'll bring this up copy it boom let's see how long this one is oh it's long that's why it's that's it's super

long that's why it's uh um there it is we'll set this to zero and zero and on this I'll just bring it all the way down here yeah that's good imagine if we would get it to go and match there perfectly there we go I like it maybe a little bit to the sides we have the same pattern on on those sides and I mean it's it's clean it's nothing crazy uh we could try something else as well where we try to rotate the design a little bit like what would that look like we just

wanted to be a little fancy maybe not this one keep it at I don't know um I think I prefer just simple and then we would just export these jpeg PNG whatever it is and then we'll go into the Page Builder and we'll upload it there so now we're inside of the portfolio the page I'll just go upload upload file those two files now they're too big they're 1920 so they're going to be huge files so you want to optimize it before like you could do this export but half the size okay okay and then

you can even do JPEG and that's going to be even better so now adding this one in there boom look at that there we go so we got two different styles I like how simple they look they don't have to be uh crazy at all we could have tried something here like if we want to let's try this so on this one that we got like a little bit of a tint or a tilt let's try adding in like a white gradient but then we go the other side we add in there all the way

down here we move it a little bit so it's in the middle there it's in the middle there and then we move it down all the way now what does that look it doesn't really affect much what if we do we align with this doesn't change much there either let me try to move it here's where we see a big difference let's say we want it to be just here yeah that works and then we move this up all the way here so we get like a a subtle little I mean this is one way

to do it like we flip vertical now we're from this side to that so we move this down and we have one here as well let's move it a little bit so we still get you know now we have something in the background as well so anyways those are just a couple of examples how to um create these and then you export these and you may make social media post if you're a funnel Builder funnel Agency use this in your in your marketing so post them uh on Facebook on LinkedIn on Twitter wherever you're active

um if you want to use short form videos you can just animate them make them more fantasy but even just visuals like this get me clients when I talk to someone they're interested when I show them these they get me clients it uh in DM conversations when someone is interested but maybe they're you know they're ghosting me or they you know it's not closing if I build new funnels I just send them if I know they're interested and they're thinking about it I just send them new uh projects like hey I just finished this one

and they respond back like I really like this one uh when do you have availability again and it just it reminds them like oh I needed that what would be a good time to meet when would you be able to start when do you think you could finish it and now they're interested again so use this in your favor uh post your designs your presentations these are called funnel presentations um post them in the private Community we can give you feedback with that said I'll see you in the next one all right so that was

a lot we've now gone through the foundations for starting your business uh lead generation client acquisition there's a couple more uh Advanced TXS that you can do to get more clients which I might include depending on how long this course is already I don't want to make it too long but uh the most important part right now is the foundation for running the business so now you have the vision the idea the concept the assets the tasks everything that you need to know but where do you host your portfolio where do you uh create for

an example a white label uh software of high level so they created the software they updated all the features they did all the hard work and now we get to take advantage of this to basically create our own software so I own funnel Dell uh and it's a white label of high level so when clients sign up to instead of signing up to high level they sign up to funnels dosl because they get my support they get my a device on things I can log into their account because they are sub accounts meaning here's the

agency account the one that you want to use and then you have that's like the white label and then you have client one client two client 3 and you can charge them every single month you can even create um there's three different plans with high level so 97 a month you can just use it as your own business you can um I don't think you can have sub account accounts maybe three maybe three clients for 97 a month but you can't create like a white lbel software with it which uh 297 you can have an

agency account and then 497 you can have a software plan like a white level software so imagine if you just pay $4.97 a month and now you can charge your clients 97 a month you just need five clients every month you charge them 97 or let's say 297 two clients and you have your software for free and not everything else like we have hundreds of clients using funnel that sell so I make six figures plus multi six figures just from having the software because they need a software to host the funnels in so in the

next video you'll see exactly how to set all of that up start to finish I'm doing it with you you know you get to see over my shoulder setting it up adding the domain all the text stuff and you'll see like oh it's it's pretty simple actually it's not easy you know anything you do that's new is kind of overwhelming at first but it's not something impossible that you couldn't figure it out even if you 60 70 years I don't care how old you are right you can figure this out by just watching this and

if there's anything that I go too fast on you just go back and rewatch it so with that said let's dive in you find a link below this video video in the description to sign up get a 30-day free trial and when you do you also get a launch checklist so it's a checklist of things to do make sure that you have these before uh along with other premium templates that you don't see inside of this free course and that is my way of rewarding you for using my affiliate link I do get a kickback

but it's not going to cost you any extra in fact you get more of a free trial 30 days instead of 14 when you use my link it's a win-win if you found value in this course so far uh consider using my link and uh thank thank you for doing that now let's dive in if you're an agency owner or you're thinking about starting an agency or maybe you want to have a white label software then high level is perfect for you but the question is how do you launch it how do you set it

up what about the domain The Branding the homepage the pricing the plans everything from start to finish and so instead of giving you a course on how to do stuff I thought why don't I just do it myself and record everything so in this free course I'm going to go start to finish do everything live with you so you can watch watch over my shoulder as I'm launching a white label software an agency account so you can use this you can see how I'm using the snapshots the sub accounts the domains everything so that is

your own wh labeled software or agency account so you can start charging clients every single month Bill recurring revenue and you can keep all the profits leveraging the tech and the software the high level has built if you want to get a 30-day trial to test it out instead of the 14-day that they have on their homepage you can find the link in the description and when when you use my link you also get a free uh bonus course and you get my templates that you can give to your users along with a launch checklist

and other things completely free just as a thank you with that said check out the link in the description now let's dive in all right welcome to the high level course before we dive in I want to make sure that you understand what the goal is and how to get support how to get you up and running faster than anyone else because what's the number one reason that most people fail it's because of information overload and I know it's not easy to launch something like this it's a software business and you're building a real asset

real company and so I want to give you everything because you used my affiliate link and if you haven't already sign up to get a 30-day trial instead of 14 days so you have double the amount of time to launch if this is a little bit uncomfortable to learn the DNS settings the uh custom white labeling and building your homepage to then set up your pricing plans and launch it so I want to give you a uh blueprint a checklist funnel templates and even a Snapchat with the onboarding email sequences the pipeline everything you need

and then more right so I want to help you build funnels to look amazing they help you convert and then we got everything else you need in terms of getting clients and getting traffic and and getting launch and scaling from there so we got the the launch blueprint and checklist so this is like create a free trial account start the new sub account connect your stripe configure your pricing plans and then you can see here download the SAS homepage template from ghosten so I'm giving you all these uh funnel templates for homepage for front end

low ticket High ticket application everything you might need whether it's for your own business or for uh your sub accounts your users your clients depending if you have an agency or you have an agency and a wh level software so or if you're just using high level for your own business totally fine as well guess what you have the plus the email sequences and the automations and everything in a snapshot which is basically just a workspace that I've built given to you so appreciate using my fillet link when you invest in us we always invest

back in you so go through these you can always look at these first to see the the preview now what is this one for example it's 50 different sections so that anytime you want to launch any type of page you just go here you say you want to keep this one boom I'll save that one I'll delete this one I oh I want this one but I don't want this I'll delete this one so you just delete boom delete boom delete actually I want this one you leave it so you can create any page with

this one we have uh female person brand funnel agency lead funnel business event T funnel scroll down we have tons of funnel templates for you so we have anything for for everyone really we we're adding more all the time and then we have uh the links to the Snapchat where you can download this uh everything is link below this video so check that out before you dive in and then get your free account at a high level 30 days email me at support gusten sun.com will'll get you added to more amazing bonuses and course material

to help you build funnels better get more clients and scale your business you can make more help the people around you and live a life that you're proud of so I'll see you in the next one all right so now let's dive into the high level course so the first thing we're going to do if you haven't signed up already uh just use use the link below this video or in the description depending on where you're watching it get your free account the plan doesn't matter that much yet if you're trying to get um and

start your own wh label software obviously you want the the software plan if you have an agency you want sub accounts you can use that plan but you can also downgrade within 30 days without being charge instead of the 14-day trial they have on their homepage you can get 30-day by using my link to create your account and um email me at support Austin sun.com and we'll get you some bonus course material as well to help you create better looking funnels that convert better make you more sales and make you more money so um this

is what it's going to look like when you sign up so this is the owner boarding so I'm taking you start to finish and it's going to be very detailed I'm trying to not go too fast so that uh no matter where you're starting out you're just creating an account you can see how how it works so I've created my account it says tell me about your business so I'm going to choose um the industry so I am a funnel agency and so Consulting agency how many customers do you have so I'll do 10 to

49 do you have a website I'll choose my personal um personal brand homepage and then we'll do my address do you intend of reselling high level yes awesome aome and then search for Tool so wh Which business tools are you currently using so if you wanted to move over like click fun calend an active campaign maybe job form maybe WordPress you would pick those um high level has a fe has a lot of features to accomplish perfect got it thank you high level I am aware that you do have these which which is good so

I can now cancel everything else verify the email perfect I'm just going to grab the email from uh or the code from my email so that we can paste it in there there we go verification code verify I don't need to add my phone number on the internet but hey I trust you guys okay 6 98 983 so if you need anything just message me all right um let's start your your first account or first client so business name we'll do my personal brand so cust on and then do we need another email so I'll

do let me see if I can do online business team and then website gust.com great or you can also do this later so I always like to set this up because it'll create a a sub account for you so the agency account is your own dashboard it's your own uh business structure the pricing plans if you want to resell it you can add your own logo um and do white label version so I like to have okay so I gotta add W I like to have its own sub account uh immediately because that's the one

where you're going to why does it say invalid URL maybe I need the https yeah perfect so now we're creating our agency account and our sub account so you can see the Launchpad this is if you want to download the app if you want to connect your Facebook your stripe that sort of thing um and I'll walk you through how to get everything set up right so you have your custom either agency plan or high level for your own business or if you want to resell this as a white label we'll walk through everything so

Launchpad is just to get you on the path to success so remember we don't have any custom branding yet we don't have our domains uh connected yet we don't have anything connected yet we just have our own um sub account and agency account so here you can see the sub account so here is where you're going to add your clients or your your sub users or your accounts as users so if for example when we sell our white label software and someone signs up on our homepage they pick the pricing plan they're being added here

to um to our sub account Library if you will so in order for me to change our agency settings I go to agency View and change the settings so that's where I add my own domain my custom CSS if I want to you know customize the dashboard and everything but um this where you'll see all of those then you can also go in into their accounts to either help them um support them or just see what they're building which you know obviously uh helps to support them even more so dashboard is where you're going to

see your opportunities your pipeline value conversion rate um but there's a way where you can update and customize this dashboard as well so I'll show you that here in a second conversations so this is where you can connect social media emails and you can have con conversations with uh leaders and convert them into customers and clients calendar so this is where you can set up your own calendar and you can get a link to uh give to people want to book a call with you so you connect it to Google Calendar um and someone books

an appointment on the link that you create in your high level account and then it automatically goes into opportunities so opportunities are pipelines and we'll do separate videos for each of these uh pipelines are you take them from stage one which is like a code lead uh into maybe requested a a um proposal or booked a call and then you had the call or they didn't show up if they had if you had to call with them and they're interested maybe you sent a proposal or an invoice and then a closed deal so like you

take them through the stages in the customer Journey so opportunities are just to see as you create a pipeline you'll see here later when we create a pipeline you'll see the stages and then we'll use automation down here to um to basically tell high high level when someone books a call add them to this stage add them to book the call if someone buys with the invoice send them to closed and you can start seeing in the dashboard um not only do you see the pipeline value but you see closed open and lost so you

see how much you've made and how much potential you still have in your pipeline so it's a CRM contact you can see all of your leads as you start getting leads um you might be giving away ebooks you might be doing free trainings or you just have an appointment um with someone then you'll see their email here as well so you can go in and add notes you can add them to a campaign where maybe you say for all of our leads send out this email and then you go in and choose all the leads

and then you add them to that campaign and then there's an email sequence so there's a lot of things you can do with these uh SM actions opportun was the pipelines payments and by the way this is what I love about high level they constantly improve the product they make it better they add new things so right now this what you see um when you log in if you see anything else so for example in memberships you're going to see courses and communities and sites you're going to see funnels and websites and and everything else

so just play around with it I'm giving you the overview of how they work and why they work that way so payments is where you create your products for an example then in your funnels in your sites later uh because you've created a product you've connected it to you set up a onetime payment or a subscription a payment plan and then in the funnel you just design it you add the copy and you choose which product which means you have to recreate the product every single time which is you know because it's syncing and it's

um connecting with each other which I love all right so we have invoices proposals proposals and estimates so this is a new way to uh send out proposals I love that uh marketing we have the social planner we got affiliate manager and emails but um this is my favorite so you can use high level to automate almost anything with uh workflow we also have content AI but uh workflows is where you say okay there's a trigger that then triggers an action so the trigger is usually when someone does this do that so similar to zapier

where you say if someone buys this here connected to this if you're using like when you're having to glue together softwares this is the built-in like Automation workflows in high level so you can have when someone downloads add them to this right when someone buys this from my order page add them to this and this Pipeline and do this and send the email you just add everything you wanted to do and it's like ta so amazing stuff uh funnels and websites blogs WordPress client portal by the way WordPress isn't isn't something I use or recommend

it's just there as an option for those who maybe come from WordPress over and they want to like embed it and connect it with with WordPress but you have chat wi you surveys forms client portal so this is where clients or students depending on your business can log in and you can have um you can have the community there you can have uh info products you can have team training you can train your team in this client portal where you have like a product that they go through and they look at the lessons they complete

the lessons and everything so going to have your custom branding to that memberships uh courses and communities right so that's new reputation so reputation management usually more used for local businesses I'm more of a info person info business and personal brand type of of guy so um reporting you know this is just sample data but you can add in and track a lot of this stuff as well in here so um then we have settings as the final one so this is where you have business profile my staff you can add your employees and tell

them hey you're going to have access to so this is your name and email and password they can change the the password later permissions I just like to to give permission to everything for my team but then the user role is usually their admin so they can access the admin the agency account or I pick a user and then I can pick which sub account they have access to so I can also add people to a specific sub account which is a client user account all right so pipelines calendars you can connect your calendar your

phone number you can set up your phone number reputation management custom values custom Fields that's where we get a little bit more advanced where you can automate a lot of things um this is where you would add the domain and then you just connect it to a funnel then you know all the steps you have in the funnel is connected to one domain uh meta URL you know uh you don't have to worry about that CU you would upload your media when you're building something you're adding the the image all of that and then um

when you're building out courses you upload the videos there so Integrations if you need to integrate with something obviously your payment processor they have a few options for that as well and then this is the coolest part because Labs is where you can see okay I want to use the new workflow Builder because they updated the the look of it enhance dashboards I want that one as well second tier for a Philip marketer yes my profile version two my staff page ver version two brand new funnel website builder I want that one so depending on

when you're watching this you see it says live in 15 days so if you're watching it you know 15 days or later after me recording this then you'll have the most upto-date uh website and funnel Builder but you can always go into labs and see you know there might be a new community feature there might be a new course update and you can test it out before it's like publicly launch so that doesn't mean that you always got to go in and and turn this on CRM document management for example amazing um because eventually you'll

have them they Rel release it in beta everyone has access to it in Labs um but this way they make sure that it's you know fast launch people can give feedback and they implement it and then everyone has access so I've never seen anyone Implement anything this fast as the high level team so we just Tuggle all of those on audit logs is if something happens or you want to see who's doing what in the company you can see that in audit logs you can see who's been inside of the sub account and done what

so that's great if something goes wrong or you just kind of curious what people are working on um and then companies so that is the sub account settings and then if you go to agency view um I'll I'll do a separate video about this but the agency view is where you can see all of your sub accounts you can either switch to the sub account or you can manage the client you may want to pause it you may want to resume a sub account if someone isn't paying or they're starting to pay again after a

while you can um you can manage the sub accounts here SAS configurator is the big one because this is where you set up your own pricing plans so you know if you want to do 97 297 497 and have like more support and more value in those higher tiers you can do that I recommend having all the features available in the in the 97 plan and just like over serve people overd deliver and and build a Goodwill but some people prefer to go a more traditional SAS path and have like here's the features available in

97 and then we have 497 and then maybe even 997 or 9995 or $999 that comes with a service so you can sell a software with a service doing this right so we'll go through all of this in the next video I just wanted to show you where the difference is between if you you don't create a sub account you'll just see the agency dashboard so when you connect stripe you can start you know start seeing the revenue but um but this is how you know you find the sub accounts and you can start playing

around with actually launching your own because you also need a sub account for your business right the agency is the operating system the agency of view the sub account is the business workpace so you need a workspace right some people call these snapshots where you can import a workspace that someone else built and it has like all the funnel templates so if you want mine where I have you know tons of funnel templates uh email sequences and everything for you you can and the pipelines and everything you can email me at support aon.com will give

you that snapshot and you can import it to your account and uh especially if you're using my link below you get that and much more with that said I'll see you in the next all right so now let's dive into the agency settings and the dashboard the s configurator this where you set up all of your plans so uh first thing we'll do when you get started is to connect your stripe um or your payment processor so there's other options um out there as well and then uh we got the SAS configurator so this is

what we're going to focus on um here first as we prepare to launch is having those prices and then uh prospecting so this is a new tool to prospect usually if you're working with local businesses this where where you would use the prospecting tool the most uh for the most part uh sub account is again where you can manage all of your um your either clients or users if you're selling as a software and then account snapshots is kind of workspaces so you have like funnels websites you have everything you choose to be out of

all the things you can do in high level you can choose what a Snapchat um Snapchat includes so if it's just 30 different funnel templates cool that's what you're going to include um if it's you know for example if it's a coaching snapshot um you can also check this to to learn more about what's included in all of them but there's um and there's a setup guide as well but in a Snapchat you can have uh everything so CRM calendar funnels website templates emails automations and everything it's not just templates you can have the the

text what to send out the email what to send out and the pipelines the stages and it's already done for you right so you can import snapshots you can also create snapshots by um creating everything in a new sub account you just just create a new sub account and go into snapshots uh create a new Snapshot from that sub account that you've created so whenever you create a snapshot and this is something I wish I knew when I started is that when you create a snapshot to give away to add more value to someone first

first create a new sub account and then because you want to have it separate right so when you create um a link snapshot that people can import you know it's just that's a sort of like a master template it's a universal account that you don't touch um reselling so this is if you're reselling other services on top of high level you can connect stripe and then set up the prices for that so y WordPress um that sort of thing Marketplace um not going to go too deep into the marketplace in this one but you know

that you have that in here so they have setup Services um and they're also building out a bigger Marketplace well that's here app Marketplace um affiliate portal so if you have payouts as you know if you're in affiliate for high levels as you promote this or recommend it to other people you get paid a lot of money for recommending it as well so and since everyone is moving over to high level you might as well just become an affiliate and make money that way as well so they have all the info about that here um

university is a membership where you can learn more about uh high level so you can check that out here um there's videos about getting started uh SMS um missed call text back uh the mobile app social chat and uh more so that's the University SAS education so these are additional ways for you to speed up your learning I mean you have access to me as well for question so just feel free to ask me anything um there's a an ID board so this is where you go and ask uh for additional uh features and if

you got feedback for them they will go and look at who's wanting what and how many people want it and who depending on what people want the most people can upvote and then they'll build that out super fast so it's a community first type of of software mobile app so you can turn high level into an app that your users or your clients can download which is pretty cool so if you're running ads or doing funnels for a client and you know you want them to be able to see leads coming in they can have

the app you can see here kind of what it looks like you can customize it um and if you have students and you're a course grader coach for example and you're getting sub um you know or maybe even just for yourself if you have a course you have students they can download the app and and watch it in that in the mobile app the videos and then app Marketplace so this is something that more and more people are starting to now leverage high level as an operating system and build out their own plugins and other

things it's kind of like Shopify right so Shopify launched there's a lot of people who built apps and added on top of it so like if you wanted more social proof there was an app for that there was um you know Mega menu like there was a lot of things that were added on top of Shopify and so that's sort of what's happening with high level as well so in the next video we're going to go over the SAS configurator to set up your plans so I'm just going to connect my stripe to show you

how to uh set up the the configurator the stripe is very simple all you do is you just click uh connect stripe pick the account that you want to connect and then that's it so you just authorize it you just log into stripe and authorize it it takes a few seconds so all right I'll see in the next one all right so I've now connected my stripe account both to the agency and the sub account so I created a new uh Stripes so we can see here in dashboard now we can start to see opportunities

and pipeline value uh which is potential customers and clients coming in so we we're able to to do uh payments invoices products and all of that and see sales in our dashboard uh in the agency view we can also now start setting up first of all we'll see Revenue last months um last month monthly recurring Revenue customers new customers this month and then growth which is good because everything you track the more you track and measure it the more it grows so the SAS configurator uh has three plans right now if you're watching this you

know after I've recorded it it says here coming soon you'll be able to create more than three SAS plans right so you'll be able to customize it more but this is what thousands and thousands of people have been using to just have three plans if you look at the most softwares out there they don't have more than three so I think it's uh not necessarily something you have to to even um utilize you can just use the three here right so what you can do is you can edit the details and attach the snapshot which

means not only do you get paying customers every single month but you also deliver a snapshot to them which is you know if you're using my link to sign up to high level I get an ailla commission but you get to give them your users your clients your sub account all the fal templates that we're building which is now around 50 templates at the time of me recording this so you'll be able to just give everyone that yourself and sort of private label my stuff that we are spending so much time building and so much

money building so you can add your uh your name to these pricing plans so I'm going to call this the uh gold plan so standard I'll just say gold plan actually the standard is good don't have to complicate it standard uh pricing so I'll set this to 97 and then I'll do 9.97 for annual uh save changes and then save yeah okay so this say is a saving as well now look at this carefully please do not delete this products inside your stripe account now why is that because now you've connected stripe to to high

level so when people buy from you using these products in stripe it will charge them and it will create the customer there so that they're charge every single month right you don't want to delete these and I don't know why you would in the first place but um just know that these are interconnected and so they sync between stripe and um and high level so if you cancel in stripe if someone says hey you know in your customer support I how can you uh please cancel this it also cancel inside of of high level so

the interconnector which helps you save a lot of time not having to do everything manually they can also log in and cancel in their sub account cancel their plan and it'll cancel in stripe features so you can choose what's included in the standard uh plan you can add the snapshot here uh select to add more so I would add everything in um the 97 now if you have have another Niche like an industry where let's say you're working with local businesses they don't Pro probably don't need the courses right they might not even need the

membership or communities um what else is it that they might not need maybe not even maybe not that fet manager so you can un toogle those and choose oh for my Niche it just makes sense to have these type of features and those are the on they're going to see so now that part is is automated for me I'm just going to give everything included if I have other plans that's going to be additional funnel templates plug andplay email sequences Snapchats and uh training and support so if you do monthly calls maybe a master class

every month maybe you do Q&A every week you can choose how you want to provide more value so trial and credit so this is where you have a a trial period so I like to do 30 days which is a lot uh Some people prefer 14 um 30 days again play the longterm game just adding more value than other people would and then the credits are things like SMS email and AI credits so anytime you connect to open Ai and you use AI for copywriting and whatever it's using credits all the time so you can

rebuild and you can uh charge more if you want to like you can have a markup profit margin I just like to have it at Cost I'm not going to charge them more um because I want them to feel like okay we're just doing base cost boom I'm paying the same that I would anywhere else and then I'll make money when I have and and we do have hundreds of people signing up to our software so you'll get money from 100 people at 97 that's a six figure business right there a thousand people at 97

that's not even take into consideration 197 297 plans 97 a th000 people is a million dollar business so I'll just do add C Point sign up so you can have them either get some some credits um or they you know you can have your sub accounts be able to add their own they can already add their own but if you want them to get a little bonus so they don't have to start by adding or like funding their account you can um you can just have this so like a onetime credit of $10 they can

send out you know a few thousand emails so I'm not exactly sure what the number is should be around 10,000 emails so one time credit um no it's more I think it's like4 ,000 15,000 anyways don't callot me on that so I'll do onetime credit $10 perfect save changes and then um actually if they do a free trial I would probably not do the onetime credit uh only when they start paying so phone system resell settings markup margin this is where you can have like I said you know for for uh calls receiving calls text

messages inside of the platform um you can charge you know if you want to charge um 50% and you can choose what you want to charge them I just like to set them to uh to minimum and then we'll see email boom premium triggers and actions verification we're not going to charge them for that uh for AI no basic base fee and then conversation AI uh you can go and enable in uh in the rebuilding so let's do that as well conversational AI [Music] boom you can see the price there as well by the way

you can also have uh Early Access to Beta features product guys save this oh um we didn't cover the settings yet uh so we'll do a separate video on that how to customize your workspace right so your agency design and everything the dashboard so we'll do a separate one on that but that is it for um the SAS configurator so we'll go back Tas configurator and then you can do the same for you can see here we don't we have um 97 here save changes so uh set your features to each of these so we'll

go to back to our plans we'll do the same here and then uh in the next couple of videos we'll go over everything else like creating your Snapchat uh automating it so it's being sent out all that good stuff um so I can't wait for you to start launching this there's a few more things and yes there's a lot of work up front uh but imagine if you had to build this software yourself we're talking millions in development and then years in development that and that is if you're able to find the right people to

build everything and now theyve built it and you have to add a little branding you got to add your little domain and and your DNS settings which is like a tutorial and then you do it for me it was even after years of building FS it was a little bit overwhelming to learn this it definitely was and I've tried 20 different softwares it was overwhelming in the beginning guess what it's not anymore because you push through you do it once it's like oh this is pretty like now it makes sense so your brain is just

trying to adapt to a lot of information at once you can either fight through or you can freeze and do nothing or you can flight and you can escape from the discomfort so p through get this set up add your domain your logo and then um soon you'll be able to launch this because I'm giving you the template to launch this as well the homepage for your own software now you're building a real business a real asset then you can sell funnels you can sell email Services you can sell whatever service you want and now

you have multiple streams of income you have the software you have um the services and you have the Consulting maybe and you're starting to build multi6 figure income streams uh or seven figure income streams so that being said I'll see you in the next one all right so here's how to create a new sub account so maybe you need one for yourself if you have a separate business that you want to use one for or you want to create it to give to a client or to a friend of yours to have them test this

out um you can create or maybe you want just want to create a um a Snapchat and and you need a sub account for it so you just go to uh agency view so if you're in a sub account you go agency view you can see here you're in the agency uh dashboard and settings you go to sub accounts and you click uh create sub account now you can use one of these that we have in here uh if you want to you can build on that so let's say you work with coaches you can

use a coaching Snapchat as a foundation and build on top of it but I'm just going to use a blank snapshot for now which means that uh it's not going to have any funnel templates or anything in there right you can import those if you want from from the ones I'm giving you um but or you can import the snapshot that would be its own um its own snapshot. I've built but you if you want to create your own I'll show you how to do that so um here I just add account manually right so

I don't worry too much about the Geographics and then I would add in here so what do we do we do uh snapshot um snapshot account Master template let's just say we want to build out our our snapshot so snapshot okay so first name last name this is meant to be here um snapshot I'll just do Master Tempa here uh email so you want to have an email for this so I'll just do gmail.com street address so I'm just going to add in my personal [Music] one actually we'll just do um Finland Road one El

synq country Finland state aot number don't need this but I'll just do.com all right it's going to give me the time on there cuz I didn't add anything in there so now we have a sub account we can either switch to it or we can load a snapshot into it or so if if you have a client or you have a subc account user a SAS user who says hey I would love to get the snapshot um that you built but you didn't have it when I signed up so I would love to have it

as well you would just click load snapshot and you can pick a snapshot snapshot that you've created and just load it into their account right which is pretty cool so uh I'm going to switch to sub account and I'll go into it to start building up out the snapshot um so in the next video I'll show you how to do that to build everything out because I want to have these labeled as like here's how you create a sub account here's how you create a snapshot um but you can find it in uh in here

so we have goson we have a snapshot accounts right so so now we have two sub accounts and depending on the plan that you have in high level in the first one at 97 a month you can have I think three sub accounts and then the agency you have more um the software plan is is where you like you can sell it as your own so uh check that when you're signing up how many you can have but that's how you create your your uh sub accounts if you do it manually so now this one

for example you saw the email I used I would now go and I would um I get an email uh to my so I get an email to my inbox where I can create my password or I can go into this one to the settings and set up a password there right so you can also do that if I go switch to a sub account I go settings business profile you can see uh my staff one second business email so you want to add it in here as well uh um my staff so you would

add employee here who has uh then has access to everything here user roll so it's now in the Snapchat account I want an admin who can uh use it and then I would set up the email and password here right so that's where you add people to that um that uh sub account so hopefully that helps and then in the next one we'll actually create a snapshot all right so now we're going to create a snapshot so what I'm going to do is I'm going to make sure that I'm not in a sub account I'm

in the agency dashboard and I go down to settings and you go down here company team building to snapshot and you can see we don't have any so we're create a new snapshot we're going to call this um the uh uh snapshot uh name so just put a name for it so I usually uh you know if I work with funnel Builders I'll call it the funnel Builder snapshot and it has the CRM for funnel Builders it's the homepage for funnel Builders the emails for funnel Builders so s just name it I'll call this the

master template I'll use then between these two I'll use the Snapchat account because that's where we're building out the funnel templates and everything so I'll hit save and then I'll be able to um either share by creating um this uh permanent link I'll click get link and this link I can share with someone who can now just import to their high level account now I can refresh snapshot I can push update to linked accounts so you do want to be careful when you're updating something constantly let's say you have an email sequence that you give

out and then you go you update it but they've already imported the email right or the snapshot and they're changing the email if you go and update it guess what you push that update to the emails they've already edited so I like to build it out first then I give it out to them and if I create a new one I'll just I create a new snapshot and then I'll have it as an option for people to import now you don't have to you don't have to um in like if you have email funnels and

websites and pipelines and forms for example you don't have to send and update everything but you can choose uh what is sort of included in the in the Snapchat so when you go in um and you push a Snapchat for example let's go to uh sub accounts let's say we want to push a Snapchat to one of our sub users we can go manage client we can go load Snapchat we pick the one that we uh created and then we proceed we can choose what assets we want to push to them right so we don't

have to push everything um you know to them twice just because you update it if that makes sense so just create it once trust me just before you build it uh before you launch this just build a few things or use if you use my affiliate link I mean you have the funnel templates that I've built for you so you can create those as a snapshot so um you just choose the one that you want to uh be included checking for conflicts and now you can either overwrite or skip right so if there's conflicts this

where you can choose that do you want to overwrite their stuff or do you want to skip it and then you can proceed and send it over to them I'm not going to do that for for the sub account Gustin here because I still am yet to build out the stuff inside of the the sub account so I'll get to building out that now and then that's where I'll create the Snapchat with this new information that we have the emails the funnels the website the pipeline and everything so hopefully that makes sense and I'll see

you in the next one all right so now to the fun part where you actually turn this live you add your domain your own www. whatever your business name is doc.io whatever your software is going to be so for an example or your agency uh for an example we got funnels doso is one example and then I got online business. I owe for this one so I'm going to connect a domain to show you uh no matter where you're hosting the domain how simple it is to you to do so again remember how I said

there's agency dashboard and then there's sub accounts for businesses so your software is also a business which means it needs a sub account so I'm going to go inside of GS andon I'm going to go to settings and then I'm going to add a domain so when I build a homepage for the the software I'll just pick a template connect the domain uh the pricing is set up and boom it's it's live so add a domain and then I'm going to type in AI funnels AI because I'm already using online business that iio for for

something else um so I also want to add ww yes and then continue so setting up your domain this is very simple and seamless it's looking for uh the connection to um well it's giving me the the DNS to to add to my domain oh so I'm using name cheep if you don't have a domain yet you can go to namecheap.com uh no affiliate stuff or nothing just go there and sign up um buy a domain for like $9 and um so I have a lot of domains and this is one of them so I'm

going to delete the DNS settings I have and I'll show you what I have for funnels DL so we have a record at 3468 2344 so this is the a record and this is the C name that we want to set up and then for the app and emails we want to have uh this one the C name but uh you know unless using mail gun we'll get to the emails uh later but we're using that to have our own domain reputation for for increased deliverability and so we've set up that as well and then

we have our hub for uh help documents and things like that to support our users again don't get overwhelmed I know it's seems like a lot we'll get to all of this so only thing we're going to do now is what it says here so add a number a record host is at and then required value is 3468 so copy to clipboard going to go into here I'm going to delete this and we're going to make sure that we have uh what it says we should have so a record at IP there we go or

value automatic boom the other one flash funnels at www so go here C name boom there we go and then going to go back and verify record sometimes it takes a few minutes or 30 seconds so it says uh DNS updates could require up to 30 seconds if changes aren't acknowledged please retry so uh if it works boom you just can connect it to a page um you might have to wait a few seconds if it doesn't work the first time so let's just wait there's a problem with that action so let's wait a few

seconds and then uh we'll try again like I said here's what it looks like for funnels dosl and so we have the Hub we have um I guess we could also add this in already if we wanted to so see name app and message sender right so the reason why it's called like message sender and Flash funnels message sender is because it's not a brand and it's not um something that your users will recognize as high level so if you want to have it completely private that you have your own so now it works look

so now we can choose a funnel we don't have any yet we haven't imported any funnel templates or Snapchats but we have our domain here domains both with and without the w right so I can even go in and add here so this is a ios. AI sweet add new record what's his C name what was it we had here app app messenger boom and that will help us with uh that later so you don't have to set that up but boom now we have that so if I go back and I go to sites

and I create a new funnel which by the way we can also take one of the funnel templates that they've created here so I'll just pick something that looks great look at this design looks pretty clean and I can customize it especially if you've learned how to build funnels and design and write copy from me you know how to easily take a template and make your own custom beautiful modern looking funnel that is actually converting so adding template and then then we'll be able to uh customize it so now you can see we've updated to

the new uh page builder so everything here looks good I can now use this as a template change out the images go in here change out the text all that what I want to do though is I want to go back to the page settings and then oops I want to connect a domain to it looks like I got a log in again so we'll do that in the next video it's even better to have those separated like how do you connect the domain to a um to a funnel so we'll do that in the

next one all right so now that we've added the domain we want to connect it to the right funnel so uh we could go and edit this and select the default so landing schedule thank you want to do landing page and then if there's an error page instead of them seeing 404 error you want them to land on the homepage so well set that up there and then uh we would do the same on this one just so both of them have have the default uh pages and we'll go back go down to sites and

we'll go down by the way you can rename this with custom CSS you can call it funnels if you want instead of of sites you can call opportunities you can call CRM if you want you can customize everything so I'll go and edit this because I want to I just edit the pages you can see we have the domain here as well but I want to change the settings so I'll call this homepage SAS name and then start as the path and you can see here we can change the domain right you can add your

uh favon tracking code all of the test or live gdpr enabled image optimization to increase a page load speed so if all the images are blurry because you've already compressed PR them you don't need that if you want to get faster load speed you can have image optimization there and boom Going to customize that you can also go to the page specifically and customize this so what do you want it to be named and what's the path for it so AI funnel. a path confirmation for example you can preview it you can look at the

live site right so there's the preview site oh we've already added domain so it's going to be pretty much the same thing and then it say is unable to find calendar because we haven't set up the calendar yet so few things to set up still and then we're live so you can start making money what I said I'll see you in the next one all right so now I'm going to show you how to download the SAS homepage template so you can start customizing it you can launch your own software today so let me show

you first the link if you haven't seen already if you skipped some videos hey I see you um there's a spreadsheet with all the links you can download you can pick either funnel. so if you're using our software if you're using high level which is you know what this course is intended for you to do then uh go and pick the one that again you can click here to preview so for example um if you click the SAS funnel you're going to see the template that you can use as a foundation so we're going to

go to SAS funnel can click here to preview it download funnel. template if you're inside of funnels so or you can download the highle template so I'm going to use that one going to copy the link go over here and then just add it in here by the way did you see how that says app. go.com so I'm going to show you how to change it to your own here when youve added your uh when you've added your domain so you can have it app. aif funnel. a or if you're using something like um real

estat crm.com then you would have app real estate crm.com so um you can see what happens we copy paste the link here and it says copy of SAS funnel add funnel you can name it for now I won't focus on the name I'll just choose where to import it so I'll choose to import it to Guston because that's where we set up the domain so we can launch we even set set up the the homepage the domain and the email so that we can start charging people and then the pricing plan is inside of of

uh the agency dashboard and we've connected stripe to both these accounts so that's why I'm using this one clone you can select up to three locations locations are sub accounts and then funnel cloned and then if I click here recent I can see boom we have the S funnel here so now I can go and customize it now let's say I want to use the main domain AI funnels in my case I'll just go settings and I'll go to main AI funnels and then AI funnels SAS right so home for now and then save okay

and now it is already live so what do we need to do next we need a home page we need an order form and we need a thank you page or confirmation page so I'll go into this what's so fun about this is I'll go into the spreadsheets and I'll look for an order form page boom and then what I'll do is I'll import this as well so I'll grab this and then I'll import it and then you'll see what we can what we can do so I can import it first and then inside of

one funnel I can take another template and add has another page under it which is super cool because it saves a lot of time so I'm going import it to the same place and now instead of picking a blank space blank blank page for the order form I'll just pick an existing one so I'll go into funnel SAS and then I'll go add new Step order order form page and then okay funnel step use existing and I'll do check a order form and the order form so the funnel step as well and then I import

it boom simple so now we can do the same for order confirmation page uh click and import it so you you don't have to um you don't have to go here to copy paste it you just click link but you got to be logged in you got to be inside of your account for this to work and boom now we can go and add new Step uh confirmation page and then use existing okay so it hasn't loaded yet so I'll go cancel and then use existing Let me refresh one second so we let that load

and then we'll be able to find it use existing confirmation page confirmation boom that's why all the funnel templates doesn't have like all the steps because it's kind of like Lego blocks you just assemble the page I want G the what the thing that you built there boom let me add it in here import it build from uh existing page very simple so now the order form you can see we have products here so now we need to add product uh from payments from the products that we've created and then the next one I'm going

to go and create the product so that we can use the stripe ID is already so it's linked to stripe and high level so that we can start selling we get it one step closer every single video so I'll see you in the next one all right so now we're going to create a product inside of high level so we can uh add added to our order form page so or we might want to have three because we have three different uh payment plans not pay not price not payment plans but pricing options our our

software plans so we'll go to products and then we can import from stripe or we can create our own product so I'm going to import from stripe and we're going to choose the 97 a month okay so 97 a month setup fee zero and then inart product and price and then standard subscription plan perfect and then we got we can also edit this here to see what it looks like so we have billing monthly occurring 97 trial period is uh 30 days okay perfect this all good and then we can go back to products and

we can add in uh the annual as well so we would just go import from stripe standard we go and import product and price and now we have the standard one so we're going to do this for monthly and annual for however many plans you have then once you've done that you go back to sites and go back to funnel SS or your software whatever it's called um you can do popup order form in the first one as well you can see we still have products there so it doesn't have to be the order form

but most softwares have order form on a separate page and uh if you have a demo page for example like hey if you want to see our demo just create like duplicate this or add new Step add another one of these uh templates delete the sections you don't want to use and have it a headline logo headline hey what's this free demo have a a video that you upload you can even upload the video into high level you don't have to link it from Vio if you don't want to or B or YouTube Just upload

the video and have the button go through the order form after you watch the demo so order form we will go to products add product so we'll look for standard price 97 standard monthly plan okay and then in product not multiple quantity it's not an order bump and custom authorization is $1 so this is for the first installment it's a free trial it's just going to charge them $1 and then refund it so very important that you have that set up and then we'll do the same for the annual one so add product look for

standard we do annual standard annual plan and then we'll do $1 boom there we go and then we go back to overview and we can preview it now to see what it looks like so we have checkout form complete your order we have monthly plan and annual plan so people can choose here okay so now it's time for you to go and change the testimonial if if you have one if you don't have one just delete it for now or just give it all to free for free to someone to get a testimonial you can

say hey when you sign up you get an all-in-one sales funnel and and website builder you get um unlimited courses pipelines calendar like list of everything that comes with it change out the image U reviews if you have them otherwise you can add it later um I mean if you if you get feedback from someone and it's a festar review you can just change this to say five star reviews from from those who have actually tried it so you can name it um you can say hey get instant access to the all-in-one software and then

people can can now buy it because you've connected youve created the product you've added the products to the right funnel step and then when people buy it they'll be taken to the confirmation page so now we could start selling isn't that crazy how in what an hour we launched a software and yes it's not yours yet because you haven't customized it but it's basically ready to start selling if you just make a few tweaks to the design which is easy so and if you're beginner no it's not easy like nothing great is super easy but

what I'm saying is compared to um hard Advanced businesses we've just taken you start to finish to actually have the tech side of things alive so now we just set up the now we just set up the set up the Automation and we customized the the logo and the links and then we'll be good to go here soon so all right um see you in the next one right so now we're going to customize the logo of the software so we're going to private label or white label it so we're inside of agency dashboard we're

going to go down to settings and we're going to go to company so I'm actually going to change both the profile and Company logo but this is where we're going to go and if you don't have a logo yet you can just go to Cana and click logo they have a ton of different uh examples for you so let's just use this one as an example and and we're going to export it without the background but I'll just use that to see the text so AI funnels SAS we'll just keep it simple boom and make

this all the way to the sides so we don't have any empty space there we go and then we can also download it in a other format um you can also magic switch resize it to any size that you want so I'll just do share down download transparent background and then maybe even smaller so 250 uh save download settings perfect and so going to wait for that boom go in here maybe you can even just drag in the logo okay propos size is 350 to 180 you can see what it looks like right now and

so we do have a log maybe you want to have it a little bit wider right so we could use the magic switch to custom size what was it 350 times 180 okay so we'll do that and get a new size of the same logo copy and read uh resize open it and boom Going to close this one down so let's let's move this one in here still want that same look maybe even some more spacing there there we go download transparent background PNG so it doesn't add the I mean if you have a back

if you have a actually you don't need the Pro Plan because like um I'll go I'm using the Pro Plan so I can get it with transparent background which means without background um but let's say you want to have a black dashboard here you can just or if you're using the same color here you can just use a tool uh like color pick ey dropper look at what the hex color is copy it and go into here and add it in your uh background now you can export it because it's going to be the same

as here right so let just close this out remove and we'll drag in the new one and there we go so doesn't didn't change anything it just doesn't skew it so um that is the rebranding in terms of the logo and then in the next one uh I'll help you change the name of it so we go from app. gol.com to your own domain so see in the next one right so now we have the logo for the white lab software and now we're going to change the name as well so we're going to have

app. aif funnel. a so we're going to go to agency dashboard not in a sub account going to go down to settings going to click company and we go down to White Label domain all right so I'm going to put for company website I'm going to put aif funnels a and then wh label domain uh you can click here for set up uh instructions and you can see it watch the video um or I mean you're watching one now but it's basically the C cname app that points to app message messag send.com so um yeah

we we already added that in in name chep if you watch the domain settings so I think I mentioned there it has to do something with the emails that you send out but you can also like that's link. message sender link. aif funnel. so anyways um again I'm not a very techy person and I'm still able to build these businesses and make money so you don't have to be super techy to do this there's instructions everywhere you just got to be focused on discipline so white Lael domain uh we'll do um app. a funnels Ai

and then terms we can do AI funnels do AI terms sorry terms and then privacy here so we'll create Pages for those uh later and then JavaScript and CSS if to is to customize the names and the sign on the left and then you can see here what happens if you choose the light theme or the Dark theme right so I want to go with um the Dark theme and then even customize it more so now we're going to uh click update company and we're going to go to the sub account and then I'm just

going to refresh this and see if it works actually you know what um when you have a white label app domain you can still uh access it in high level so I'll just go and choose this app. aif funnels a and click enter and if it's set up correctly now it should work so let's see fresh data and then I'll sign in so I will actually use well you can see that is that is working right so now we have our uh login page we have uh the white logo here so you can see that

it's already working so we could customize this or change the logo for the login page can even change the background image so I'll sign in after this video and then we'll move on to the next thing but now you can see that is working app. a. a so now with the sub accounts that you have and your uh agency account you can sign in right now and start using it right so uh let me actually see if it if uh I can sign in without all right so um it says a verify security code I'll

just send the code to email for now and then I'll grab it here in a second and let me just refresh to get the code so I just put the wrong password that's why it didn't work the first time so I got the the code confirm it and now app. aif funnel. a a lot of AI so now I'm in we can rebranded this we got uh the logo the name we have our our homepage that we've sort of launched we have our products we have our our domain and we're getting there guys uh now

I just want to customize the color here on the side and then I want to customize the homepage and the design of it and then obviously change the text to make it um my sales message how I want to to sell it so that being said let's customize the design on the next video all right so now we're going to set up our first automation so we're going to go inside of our sub account the one that we're using for the business because remember every business needs a sub account even yours and then we'll go

into so we're inside of that one that we're using where we have our domain and everything and we're going to go automation we're going to create a new workflow so create new you could pick a template if you wanted to a recipe is basically the same thing as a template so if you want to have appointment confirmation and reminder you can also click these and look at how they're structured understand triggers you know triggers are saying when this happens do this uh so I'll do one from scratch for you to see so we're going to

call this uh software subscribers or SAS subscribers and then here's where we add the trigger so they have a new workflow Builder that is beautiful and so we're going to go down to uh order form submission I'm going to call this monthly plan add filter so this is where you choose which funnel so if this happens in this funnel do this right that's the trigger so we pick the funnel very simple uh add filter so another thing not just the funnel not anything but if the page is the order form in the funnel in this

order form we also have two products annual and monthly right so we pick which product the monthly plan so now we have a trigger dust in the in the order form in this uh funnel if someone buys them on monthly plan that is a trigger so now the software knows if someone buys here's what to do so we're going to tag people and add them to a pipeline so we're going to save trigger and then we have another one order form this is annual plan add filter same thing whoops If the product is annual plan

save trigger so now we want a uh um if else right so we have two branches because we have two plans so we want to have separate tags so the segment is workflow trigger we got two triggers the operator is uh oh we need to save this as well so let's save this cancel this one actually and save this so that we can find the triggers very important without I was struggling with this in the beginning so luckily you have this to just go start to finish and watch everything um trigger is monthly plan then

this is monthly standard remember you can have multiple plans so monthly standard monthly plan and then save action so then the other one is so monthly standard and I would add another brand sorry there we go so annual standard trigger annual plan save action okay so now we have uh both of them you can see we can add multiple still here but we have monthly so now I'm going to add a contact tag okay so I'm going to create a tag so monthly plan for example and then uh save action and then here I'm going

to add a contact tag add new tag so annual plan and new tag so now if we create another workflow we'll just say hey when someone subscribes to this tag right so the trigger in the next automation could be when someone gets this tag send this email but because this is a canvas you can just zoom out scroll down and you can go uh for annual users maybe they get a bonus so you can say when they get this tag we're going to send them an email okay so we're going to say send email we're

going to have uh from and the email the subject and then the text because they're a uh let's actually just do it Gan and then this would be support just actually let's use AI funnels Ai and subject would be confirmation and then your or welcome welcome to AI funnels here's what's next hey and then I can even do custom value so I would do contact First name all user is a sub account contact is the first name of people signing up so hey contact first name insert email here save action so now that's going to

send out to people who um sign up for the annual plan then I can do the same for people for the monthly plan right so we have we have that if I'm not mistaken emails already sent out when they create the account so you don't have to create an automation it's been a while since I set this up for funnels that so so try to sign up when you have this and you have the order form and your homepage try and first sign up yourself with a new email and uh bank card so you can

see if you get the email to login I think you do I'm 99% uh s Sure certain that you you do get the email already to log in so you yeah but you can still add the tags you start to create buckets of customer and leads and you can segment your marketing to them that's the power of a sales funnel and a sales customer Journey so we'll hit save and I will hit publish uh if you're ready to to launch this and actually have people uh get tagged so I would add the email in there

as well and then I want to update the where's the create or update opportunity so now we don't have a pipeline yet look we don't have a pipeline yet so in the next video I'll show you how to create a pipeline so that we can go in here and add people to a pipeline now we have a CRM as well everything is automated someone downloads something guess what the trigger is someone Downs they get a tag when they get a tag they get an email with the confirmation that sends the thing out and then they're

adding to the lead in a stage in a CRM that said downloaded ebook so very powerful stuff um if you're an indust Legend you you're like DH this is basic stuff but a lot of of us uh we get into this world and like this a little bit overwhelming so that's why I'm going very detailed through everything so all right that's it for this one I'll see you in the next one all right so now we're going to create a pipeline and opportunities so I'm going to go back from workflows and I'm going to go

into opportunities and we going to create our first pipeline you can't create an opportunity without a pipeline because an opportunity is for you to get a a customer client in your pipeline so we're going to create a new pipeline we're going to call this let's just call it the SAS pipe SAS CRM and then we'll have um downloaded ebook started 30-day trial so that's the SAS and then paying C customer and then VIP for an example so like if they upgraded to VIP so visible funnel chart and pie chart yes we want to be able

to see that in the dashboard and then uh opportunities you can now see that we have uh the stages and we can add an opportunity by adding a um adding a uh an example of a person so now I'm going to go back to Automation and I'm going to say when some someone signs up here we're going to add them as what not an ebook downloader we're going to add them as a someone who signed up as a trialing customer so here we got the emails being sent out we got the tag and then we're

going to uh send out or update opportunity or create actually update is where you have um so I I'll say create opportunity trial um update is where you have someone in trial but when they become a paying customer you say when the payment comes in then move them to a paying customer when they book a call move them to book the call so we can have demo in there as well in the pipeline s CRM uh stage start a third dat trial opportunity name this would be contact first name or even full name Source um

I'm just going to leave that and then lead value I mean total value let's just put a th because if they stay on average let's say they stay five months at 95 97 so 500 bucks more like yes um allow opportunity to move to any previous stage in pipeline allow duplicate opportunities no but yes this this one so save action and then save it as well and it's already published so now someone signs up they're going to end up here so depending on where they sign up so you can do the same here for the

email I think they even have a copy move actions there's a way for you to copy action and copy here there we go so you can do the same here copy copy copy here and then you just go in and change it to um annual so in the pipeline actually what we could do is let's go back to the pipeline stages opportunities pipelines we can edit it and say we actually want one more uh monthly so this is monthly started trial so I'll just do this started trial monthly started trial annual okay and then I'll

move it up and then paying customer monthly because maybe you want to offer a bonus for them to become a an annual user so VIP could be like booked call and then client or invoice sent and then client the back end client so let's say you have a frontend free low ticket annual plan and the high ticket U offer then you can go back into automation so now I would create a new automation for uh sending out emails when they book a call so this one would be called you know when we create our calendar

and we set appointments this would be called like appointments and then the name of of of the calendar or or offer and then this would be U ebook leads for example and add new trigger so the trigger would be when someone downloads uh something and become a so contact created and then we'll say hashtag and then just say monthly plan and then um because we didn't create a a tag yet but you would create a tag for people who download the free ebook we'll do that in a separate video show you how to create those

we got to set up the calendar still not too launch a size you don't need the calendar but I'm sure some of you want to book calls maybe you want to talk to people oneon-one and see what they need sell a service coaching Consulting uh maybe sell a course that helps them implement the software and so we'll cover all that in the next couple of videos all right so now going to set up the next automation where someone either opts into a training or downloads an ebook or some sort of uh fill out a form

to download something some sort of lead magnet you uh build your list you move them from the beginning of the pipeline through a free download to started a trial maybe even for some of you if you have an audience already you don't not necessarily looking to build a list yet you just go and sell the software and then you don't need this but some of you have freebies that you want to use to grow your own audience um which is how I've built my audience organically so I just test sometimes I give out a free

funnel template sometimes a free ebook free training uh free YouTube videos and I have links in the description for people to download stuff and free community on Facebook and that sort of thing so um in in order to create the workflow we need a form because we want to say when people download this they fill out the form we're going to add the tag when this tag is added we're going to send out this email we're going to create or update an opportunity and that's how that works so we're going to go to sites and

then we're going to go to forms I'm going to build a super simple form um because on opin pages a lot of times it's going to look very simple so if you go to one that I have called a funnel promp thing and it's for people um who want to learn about chat GPT and AI copyrighting it's a free ebook you just click here you fill out your first last name and email and you download your free ebook Okay so in order to do this and you can again it's very simple it converts super high

because it's simple it's directly like here's what it is here's what you're going to get and here's what's inside here's the benefits from it so uh we're going to go uh and add form element so I'll just do first name and then I'll do email okay and then a button so move the button down we can change the color of the button um click here to download actually get instant access access now and then I can change uh the bottom style and everything I don't know how much time we want to put on uh updating

this but uh I'll do popins 18 maybe we even do full width so middle and then let me see here sty and [Music] options um full screen mode if I click this full width there we go padding maybe we do 15 15 so anyways you can change a lot of this stuff I'm just showing you how to quickly create a form so we can integrate it um I'll also rename this where's the so eBook download and thanks for taking the time to um actually I would just send them to a confirmation page I would add

that in here you have the Facebook pixel and then which I barely use the Facebook pixel but anyways that's besides the point now we go to automation not memberships automation we go into and create new workflow and then we call this ebook leads Okay add new trigger so form we can also just type in form filled out eBook download add filters select the form is the eBook download let me see here no data available because we don't need anything else save trigger okay so that's the trigger and then we say when this happens tag so

add contact tag create a new tag so I type in ebook so prompt for me download add new tag okay uh I can also set up a new automation workflow where I say when this tag is added right then do this but I you know I'll just keep it simple and I keep it here trigger add tag send out email so send email and that would have everything in there like G support AI funnels confirmation here's your free ebook Okay custom values contact first name here's your free ebook and then I just um we save

and publish so now that works that's how simple it is that's that's literally it tag email oh and now we also want to create a um opportunity so create opportunity select pipeline download ebook and then opportunity name is contact I'll just do full name then lead value it's hard to it's hard to know but uh 500 on average because that's that could be the average lifetime value of a customer for you so save and then we go back and now we have opportunities here's a downloaded ebook started trial monthly annual paying monthly annual and you

can go all the way here and start tracking your uh customers so you can create an opportunity contact name we'll do support opportunity name and pipeline download opportunity value 500 this one is open and create so you'll see what that looks like I'll create new contact okay email we'll add that later because we can add um text and comments and notes in here so now we have the lead and then in here you can see add TX add notes add TXS view conversation so in conversations when you send emails or SMS uh or messages through

Facebook you can or social media you can have the conversations there and you can see them here as well view conversations it pops up right so uh in Opportunities you can also open this and you can check Tasks and notes so Gan is a funnel Builder he mentioned in DMS he wants to build funnels for clients so we can add notes which means they've someone is getting on the phone with this person so if we have in pipelines if we have a demo call so booked demo call then the person who dragging ghosten 2 book

in like if he booked a call um he could go and read the notes and see okay Gan is a funnel Builder he mention he wants to build funnels for clients great got it we can even see the date that was added so amazing stuff to manage your CRM your customers your leads and clients and Prospects to move them towards that sale that you want at the end so now let's set up your calendar so you can book calls we can have an automation that moves them when they book a call and uh you can

start you can start launching really soon and you don't have to do all of this before you launch remember not all of you wants to do call some of some of you just want to launch the homepage Drive traffic organically or paid get free R trials people signing up and then they start converting to paying customers you start stacking the monthly recurring Revenue so right so now we're going to create our calendar so we can start booking those calls and appointments demo calls um strategy sessions whatever it is for you so we're going to go

to calendar and we're going to go to calendar settings and we're going to create a calendar okay so I'm going to do a simple calendar because we just want oneon-one uh meetings and I'm going to call the SAS demo calls or if it was like uh let's connect to see if our software is for you how we can help uh my C this would be SAS strategy session uh duration could be 30 minutes uh I want booking availability Monday through Friday uh personally I like to do it more like 11:00 a.m. to uh 6:00 p.m.

so I have my mornings free and I don't need to accept uh payments uh we'll see advanced settings so uh we can update the logo like the the look of it so let's see if we have our logo here we can drag it in I think it's um yeah it's white now so it's G it's not going to it's not gonna look uh great what if we do not this one no that was another test that I did so what if we do was it this one just to show what it looks like not that

one either uh uh uh um either way um we'll add the the logo later actually let me just find it here didn't we have one that was I'll do this one then so obviously this one isn't optimized so I'll do Circle ah Square uh uh description group we don't need group meeting invite title contact name meeting with [Music] gone uh location so you could connect Zoom choose the color I'll go with this one and then availability we got um standard Monday through Friday but I changed the times if you change for example here from let's

say 11:30 you can do okay and copy to all and then it's not recurring meetings meeting overall 30 minutes duration 30 minutes mid uh minimum scheduling notice [Music] um minimum scheduling notice no that's one day or even 12 hours like they can't book at the same day not for me I want to know my tomorrow today so dat range within seven days they can book for the next couple of uh days like seven days uh I'll do maximum six calls per day and maximum one booking slot per day buffer time 30 minutes as well so

we only always start next one um 30 minutes and this is me by the way did I say 30 days I me 30 minutes and um we got forms payments we don't need well if you want to have a form so like if you want to get I I'll just show this as an example if you want them to fill out a form as well you create the form similar to what we did with eBook download and you just choose that one here so we're not going to do a form we'll do a redirect URL

to the confirmation page and then Auto confirm new calendar meetings yes so notifications who should receive this contact uh this notification emails actually this goes out to them allow canor to send invite perfect connections you can set up your your um external calendar so you connect to them and then uh cover photo and the style is just neo classic so I like to use Neo and then we'll save it bit so that we can see what it looks like right so you can pick this one uh copy scheduling link and then we'll just go and

take a look at this see what it looks like and you can see that the logo is a little bit off because um it didn't optimize it first it was like rectangle versus like instead of square so now we have um we have the dates and then we can if we continue this is the form that I chose to fill out so when I create a new one it's going to be more like hey what's your goal what are you looking forward to on the call tell me a little bit more about yourself your business

so I can see if I if it makes sense to even jump on the call to save both of us time so pretty simple right like pretty clean they can book a call they get the the email and the zoom link if you connect to zoom and um you can see here api. lead connector HQ so that's the software or the tool that is connected to high level so it's doesn't say high level so every business can use lead connector but if you want to have api. ai funnel. aai that is a link that we

can set up with DNS settings as well with the domain um so not everyone needs this but if you want to have a custom like I want it to be like my scheduling link is funnel. a so API do funnels uh fun so we also have Where is the copy embed code so you can copy you can embed it on a on a page so if I go to uh sites and I go let's just use the confirmation page as an example so you can click this you can click edit edit page edit in a

new tab or you can just click the the box there to edit something so it's very simple to do let's say we want to have the HTML Uh custom code open code editor paste it in there and now we save I would delete that one I could also delete everything else and just have a this and I would say uh book your book your 101 call right and that that would be the page and then I would just change uh the URL path to be to be forward path demo call so you never have to

even send out the lead connector you just have it on this page so instead of information page maybe I just have this be demo right and now let's change it here as wello call and I could change the name there as well I'm just saving your time so there you go it works I would just change logo and the text obviously so very simple very powerful go set up yours connect it to your calendar so you get those notifications on your phone as well you can see the reminders so let see in the next one

all right so now you can see we are starting to get the funnels the stage uh stage distribution and you can start to see the value of your opportunities your leads your see your pipeline grow as you start adding leads and people signing up to trials and whatever you're giving out and selling to people so what we're going to do now is create your brand your design your homepage so we're going to go to site uh sites and we're going to choose AI funnels or the the software that or the page funnel that you're building

I'm going to click this and then obviously this is a template so we need to customize everything now I'll do one section to show you here uh kind of what what I'm thinking for for this one and then you can just look at what I'm doing and do it for yourself so I'm opening figma domcom it's a free software it has a PID plan as well but um it's free for everyone to use and if you're not building a ton of funs you probably don't need the paid one yet it'll tell you when you're like

okay you have 100 projects you need the paid version so um you click F to get this Frame just drag it out and then I'll choose slide 16 to9 I'll choose a darker background maybe maybe this one I like 1B 1B 1B okay I got two uh two logos that I've been playing around with obviously as you saw chose this one so I'm going to delete this but I can have this one here as part of the mood board for the or the style guide for the brand so I'll delete this and then I'll set

R keep shift down and I'll just do copy paste or option keep option down and then just drag five of these to get the brand colors if you're not sure you can also do shift drag this out to make them bigger and then you can choose to have more spacing if you want I'll do 50 uh Center it and then let me actually do 10 radius and then uh we want to get a few brand colors so um I'm giving you an ultimate Vault that only course members have access to and here we have funnel

strategies for seven figure funnels homepage loow to get automated webinar vsl challenge funnels and then we have funnel designs so we have different if we go to set funnels we're adding more in here but you can click these and see the PDFs to these as well which is super powerful so you're able to get the high quality version of this to see uh what it looks like we let it load and then some of these you can just go to their homepages framer dcom for example and check it out but um so the reason we

have this is for you to go to brand color palletes for funnel design you obviously you can take a look at a lot of these designs and see um I like this one I want this sort of color uh color scheme and then you can just screenshot it drag it into your white label and now you're building your um let's just put it here on the side of everything else so now you're just you're starting to build out your I'll do 1920 so that's the same time to build out your uh brandbard moodboard for how

you want it to look so I like this well I don't necessarily like the logo but I like that we are starting to build this out and I will choose so the first one will be total black the second one will be a little bit brighter and then this will actually be vanilla White and then I'll I'll use this to get two colors so there we go and then for this I I'll just I'll go darker so that could be an example of the colors and then for the font we just delete all of these

click t for text I'll just um type in your all in one marketing and sales funnel software and then I'll click here on the side still have it marked and do 92 see what that looks like do bold middle middle um maybe maybe I'll use something else what about monat is a very common one plus Jakarta sense um so we'll see and we can we can obviously create the all the content and everything inside of the page builder as well so I wouldn't use too much time here I'm just going to click R for the

botton I'll do four radius there and then I'll use this hold this [Music] down get a free 30-day trial and then I'll do semi bone okay so now we're starting to get somewhere tiny logo support email move that up here and then maybe for the background we'll just do something simple so we'll do effects layer blur 500 I'll drag this out there if you go outside like this it won't stay inside of your so you want to have the mouse there move it below everything else and then obviously this would be like imagine running your

entire business on one platform and then uh this is behind everything that's good move it up might even do a th blur s of like this okay um obviously this isn't perfect but it's a start it's um in a in in three minutes it's it's decent so we are going to copy this so command CV I'll just delete everything else you can see the logo wasn't wasn't a part of the frame so we'll drag it into frame three I'll delete this and now for this I'll just click the frame export PNG actually I'll just do

JPEG and I'll say AI funnels background I'll go in here and I'll change this actually you'll see why I'm changing the not create image using AI you can do that as well but I got my own image that I'm uploading and then um upload file I wanted to double click that one not anything else full Center you can do 100% width or 100% width and height I'll start with uh full Center then we'll see what it looks like later so I want to find um let me move this down a little bit so I can

find the layer page section this section and then the one column row this um okay that's the wrong one this so I'll just move this up to one second I'm trying to find let me add some [Music] more pading so you know what I'll save us some time I'll do a new column up here and then I'll just move this in there I know it's there it's in the it's in the layers because there's sections with the green there's roll with the blue like U there so now I could just move that down right so

I know it's there but anyways we'll do color white bold white and then I'll move this paragraph in there as [Music] well drag that down or push it down and then change that one as well maybe have a little bit of a color on that one so it's not as bright and then maybe the video move that one down and um the bottom so I'll delete this for now um and then let me add a little bit more padding at the [Music] bottom 40 make this bigger say get get your 30 day free trial and

then that will take them to the next step where we have the onboarding uh the order form so desktop font I'll make this a 22 mobile 18 maybe we'll see on mobile what that looks like this is good this I'll make a little bit brighter because it's uh it's blue in the background as well perfect finally automate your business so we want to have this text bold and then desktop we'll try 72 I like that so anyways you can sort of uh start seeing your funnel come to live your design you'll just take one element

at a time when you want to export something you duplicate the frame to get the background you can test out doing a duplication of both here where you have one at the top you have one at the bottom or maybe you go like this but then you make this one not 100% so you make this one 30% or you go a little bit greenish on this side right so you can play around with that and then um if you want to add a background color you can do it as well plugin pexels you can find

um a lot of uh background images and things like that then you just make them less visible like if this was an image I would just go pass through 10% and the image isn't that strong so resize these before you upload them so export as PNG because without a background upload it here boom and then you check your mobile you don't have to duplicate these just check both mobile phone size and desktop and you'll be uh good to go so I'll do I'll do 28 yeah all right that's it for this one good luck with

your software uh we'll add more videos to help you um create better looking funnels get more traffic all of that in the next couple of videos all right that was a pretty intense if you're new to high level I'm sure but it's worth it it's worth taking the time and investing into learning it cuz it's like a learning curve it's like a mountain you you roll up the the mountain is heavy and it's hard and then you reach the top and the the view is beautiful because now the future looks bright and you know what

to do like imagine if there was one thing you had to just learn once and it could do it over and over again every time it would print $1,000 $2,000 $3,000 like that's what skills are for they are for you to learn how to use something or how to do something and then you can just repeat the the process that's why it's the fast line to Freedom it's learning something that's so valuable that most people aren't willing to go through but you are and when you do you're rewarded for it because what is business it's

just value exchange is you making money by offering something so valuable that other people are happy to pay you and say thank you here is my money take my money so now we're going to go into a couple of trainings on how to uh take some of the resources that I've built and I've put in so many countless hours not just C in this course uh not just the resources you've seen not just the checklist the challenge the all the things but I've also created vaults and inspiration and funnel templates and everything like the the

video you're about to watch is about a vault for funnels and offers different types of funnels low ticket front end back end so you can see what's working in the market place in fact there's a couple of videos here on different studies I've done what makes funnels convert so that you don't know you can take the software the foundation the offer the pricing your portfolio your social media your Outreach your content your lead duration your client acquisition and you can put on steroids with amazing world class funnels so let's dive into funnels and then we're

going to do client acquisition to scale you up getting more clients all of that so we can res uh celebrate your results and your success together in the community with that said let's Diop in all right beautiful people I have a special training for you today on how to create better funnels how to know what to put on your funnels the text the design the headline the angle the positioning the structure everything and I have spent around 20 hours this week putting this together it is a case study it is a study that I did

of the market to look at 150 plus different funnels so we have automated sales funnels these are people who are selling from a sales page to an order form we have low ticket funnel so people are selling a self liquidating offer which means they're just trying to break even on the front end and monetized on the back end we have lead funnels which means people are do uh giving away free stuff doing a free training to get leads to their email list and you can see here we have website funnels which is homepages leading into

other offers application sales funnels so sales pages to book calls and then we have in total um we have challenge funnels as well in total we have around 150 plus funnels so I said well let's actually analyze a little bit of of the copy the offers uh what people are selling and so I created this the top 1% funnels and offers case study and I wrote down like what would be like the meaning behind this so I want you to take notes I want you to start looking at patterns and write down like what are

some elements that my funnels might be missing so um I have a a few funnels round 10 so we have 30 uh 37 funnels bundle is $37 we have female invest starter kit uh CRA ultimate AI prompt bundle $37 lighting secret scores $37 we have agency BTS $27 Kino body 30-day Mojo challenge 997 client byy thei 99 we have content OS 997 create one self rare 149 Creator priner $799 and then Master YouTube 399 so if we look at for example and you'll find a lot of these if you go to uh so for example

$37 uh 37 funnels that would be a low ticket funnel right so you can go here and you can find it 37 funnels you can see the structure of the page here now uh what I wanted to do was at the beginning of the page so for every page there's like the hero section everything that you see above the scroll so uh cintra would be this lighting Secrets it would be this agency BTS it would be this the 30 days Modo challenge would be this and I wanted to take notes of a couple of things

what's the hook uh the promise the big desire so for me I'm the owner of 37 funnels and I've sold three 3,000 copies of this so I know it works and it's pretty simple it's launch your next sales funnel in a day or less and then around that we have other stuff like just one uh $1 per funnel template we have a uh sub headline which is plug-in play 37 funnels yada yada but I want to look at the the patterns they're repeating themselves so social proof where do you know the this one for example

I would literally pay 100 times that that's social proof clients I work with that's social proof then we go into the problem with your current site so I'm like okay this is the headline the problem with your current site that you know what's the the goal of that it's connection problem pain Stakes empathy like you know people would ask themselves like why should I care so if each of the sections if you ask yourself like what's the question this one would be like why should I care this one is more like why should I even

spend my time here right this is like getting them to buy in to read the rest of the page credibility proof Authority so then you know it might be a backstory of how you know these funnels came about um convenience process limiting beliefs so saving you time money a lot of headache so the benefits of of having these a lot of times what you'll notice is that a lot of pages they're just basically going as as minimal as possible so let's look at for an example some of these in the beginning uh this is mine

called fos University uh which you probably heard of this one for example create once sell forever you'll see that there is like learn how to build your digital product business a video reveal my framework then here's there's uh here there's no headline saying like here's what you're going to learn inside so we go from revealing my framework to social proof to this and so I was like okay I would probably not not do it that way I would go reveal my framework here's what you get and then here's what people are saying about it you

know and maybe even intend of Parker worth I would have uh making thousands of dollars while you're sleeping as the headline with like quote unquote marks but I'm looking for the principal because I want to see like what are they doing versus this company versus this one versus this one so I'll leave a link to uh both the document and the figma file so that you can do this study yourself it's only helpful if you actually put in the time and try to understand it and I know it's kind of like geeky it's nerdy it's

something that if you don't like it you don't like it if you're obsessed about marketing and psychology then you're probably going to find this uh interesting like I said I I spent 12 uh 20 hours minimum just on this file and I've spent a th000 plus hours just you know obviously building funnels as I built 600 of them now but um so we have convenience process so saving you time super easy to launch check a few before and after and you'll see it's like 12 different sections then we go to the next one female invest

so now we're like okay this is a good offer it's $69 you save up to 87 because if you bought these separately it would be $139 for the membership of female invest and then Girls Just Want to Have funds is a book sold 70,000 copies right so we have uh obviously The Branding builds trust we have the offer starting invest or the the ultimate starter kit the promise St investing in 2024 we have risk reversals I believe we have a money back guarantee but at least here we have uh social proof what is female invest

so building some of that credibility before uh the offer so basically what they're doing is saying hey you should start investing we've already done it a lot of people love our stuff we've sold 70,000 so you probably want to have this as well I mean just look at what Forbes are saying Emma scarlet and then you you know if you're interested uh in the product then you'd be like okay now let me also answer this question or find the answer to this so they're asking the question what is female invest and if you're thinking what

is female invest then you've opened a loop an open loop that you have to close you have you got to get the answer to it and then once you like okay I liked it that makes a a lot of sense now you're interested in the membership so it's like first the promise the social proof to back it up and then like here's how we we learned it here's what people are saying about it like here's here's why we exist why you should care and then only when you're interested in in the outcome you're like okay

now what do I get when I buy this how is this going to help me get there faster so that's like convenience so when I take notes I'm like what would be like the overarching goal of that you know that section is it Clarity promise benefits outcome desire it's a little bit of everything right discover the Ben benefits of of the membership well that already uh explains like benefits yes it's benefits it features it's the offer sneak peek so this this is a little bit on the inside explore courses explore the lessons the curriculum proof

community so like how important is the community for example um you're not alone watching courses you're with a community of 50,000 people so proof of concept this is also social proof right so nobody want to be the first person to try something so this is not just social proof it is also proof that um it is indirect evidence uh if you've heard of me talk about um direct evidence-based selling or an indirect based direct is where you say I've done this I have this many years of experience I worked with these people indirect is where

someone else says well I love this stuff it's amazing and I highly recommend it and then you also have stuff like just D data and numbers um you know say men lie women lie numbers don't lie you know numbers don't and so using statistics data uh helps to sort of sell the overall narrative which is that this is the feature of investing for females so um we have the entire uh structure of it we have the offers so that's why it's like both funns and offers so you'll see what they're including now you know okay

here's one way to sell an offer uh an offer same thing here okay it wasn't just plug- and play funnel templates what else is involved tutorials to create to implement and launch those templates why would I include tutorials instead of upselling them well you could have an upsell which could be more like design conversion Mastery or conversion design but the tutorials are just there to eliminate a limiting belief or concern about maybe the non technical people who might say I don't know how to implement this right uh a live fun Builder uh build up Workshop

so it's like now we actually do it and film us do in one start to finish and there's a community so now you can ask questions like what if I'm not good enough well we have a community uh what if I don't know what funnel when there's a bonus training 10 best funnel types um I don't know how to monetize this well you could sell funnel father people there's a six figure funnel agency Secrets Master Class right next one we have a CRA ultimate AI prompt bundle so uh the number one most chat prompt bundle

on the planet let's see what do you think if you haven't seen this page do you think they just go and straight up like just go through the offer cuz you would think it's such a good offer it's 10,000 prompt well for some people it might just be overwhelming but they have sold a lot of of copies of this so why is that well number one they have they have everything here um initially already so for those who are like impulse buyers they just want to buy it boom there you go but here's the interesting

part of the funnel marketing plan done stupid email responded writing a viral Tik Tok video script completed but you need to know what to ask so we're creating a gap actually I call this the Gap and the bridge so you're creating a gap why because there's a new way to do something they've tried something something else they've tried g chat GPT already uh that's why they want the prompt cuz they're like I don't know what you know why this is different from just using chat GPT like I know I I I can just ask chat

GPT anything it's like regular prompts include little no Advanced features and so you know it's going to give you average and mediocre results this is different so every time when you're selling something there has to be an element of uh difference in there like if you're so let's go uh here for example the the the challenge the thir day challenge uh from kinobody why isn't why isn't why isn't it just a 30-day challenge or why isn't it just Nitro or Mojo the supplements why is it an offer well it's because of this it's the positioning

so the call to action isn't add to card for $97 it's yes I want to effortlessly attract women so now they're selling how your mojo Nitro testosterone is going to help you uh in other areas of your life that's why you see images like this as well so you look at the the page throughout there's a lot of that you can see the images here so there's a lot of that in the messaging because that's their angle that's the that's the whole um brand that they're building so uh when you go through this you'll see

it's like uh it's not just testosterone levels it's for many different reasons and the the positioning is kind of like why it's Unique versus just getting some other testosterone uh supplement again we got studies here with data this is why you why you actually research a lot of funnels because you want to see like oh this is not this is not me selling why they need it studies show that they need it you know and you see it with Men's Health you might be thinking oh like I mean I'm sure all of these companies like

Men's Health um or articles on medium like you you probably have a lot of those talking about why this is important and you know the customer might already know why it's important but data and numbers like super important um I mean now you start see when you go to a page you'll start to notice like what they're trying to say so this one revealing downare Advantage allows some guys to almost magic girls and get changed lovely and adored by10 of 10 women while you struggle to get a text back imagine t let longest serious dates

a girlfriend so now it's like relevance and it's connection and it's problem and paino it's like why should I care but now we're creating a gap in the bridge and it's not game looks height Mone en Pick Up Artist technique because you know they want to position it differently it's not what everyone else have tried to tell you that that it is so like another thing that they do is you see an ad with pizza or hamburgers because uh a lot of people say you got to just count your calories and that's it you can

never eat any dessert so they go against that and they say the opposite it's not about what you eat is in fact much easier than that and so then they have their own like methodology and mechanism to get that result so you start looking at okay where does the mechanism come in and so for this one you know the cintra new versus old so uh we have uh why most aren't able to get results what you need to know and then this prompt gives you everything to ask so here's uh why the older ones suck

why we're different and we've actually done this for you so a big thing with value increasing is or increasing value is just doing a lot of stuff for them so notice how I said in the intro I didn't even think about that but in the intro of this video I said I've spent 12 12 12 I keep saying 12 um 20 plus hours on just this study alone and that is me first of all being excited uh but also letting you know like this is It's extensive it's not just like a document that I you

know put together in 10 minutes you need to know how important this document and case study is right so um this offer was done 37 bucks price anchored to $4.97 if you bought them separate and they break it down to be like here's everything you get you can see this one had 17 different sections lighting secret scores that one had 10 different sections so let's just look at the overall level up your videos with your cinematic lighting the call Action will start lighting secrets so like the course another way to say this would be like

get instant access to lighting Secrets or yes I want to get cinematic lighting right so you could have outcome based instead of action based call to actions urgency just 47 bucks normally 197 offer expires soon proof testimonials what others are saying we have uh benefits bonuses social proof cability FAQ confidence final call to Action Agency BTS so behind the scenes this is for local agencies not funnel agencies um and so now there's this whole whole like how how it works and why it's different than better you can see the red like warning signs almost like

stop this and a smile instead so like all these things matter no more do you do this but instead you'll get this right so it's kind of like no more do you have to starve yourself and never have pizza instead you can have all the dessert you want which you know it's it's the same principle so that's what you need to understand like okay um this is why they're saying that and for me maybe I'm missing that in my sales message and I'll do a separate training on like the the exact structure I'm just going

over the cas study right now so um we have curiosity or benefits the promise of features new versus bad of positioning future pacing imagine what you can do or here's what this means for you um and then we have we back it up first so like now you want it because it's different um you understand why the previous method you tried didn't work and now we back it up as well then you're interested in the offer right instead of having the offer here like what's agenc BTS here's what you get here's the offer and it's

closing soon it's like high pipe pipe is is actually more like functional and if you if you think about as a functional fitness or functional training you just do what's like necessary you cut everything out uh everything else out it's it's kind of like that where it's like simple it's logical um work can be emotional because life is emotional problems can cause pain points that are emotional desires and dreams and goals are emotional but the the structure can be very logical like okay I wouldn't know if I want this even if it's just $27 unless

I want the same outcome as those who said in the testimonials that you helped me build this or that like I wouldn't want a local agency so I wouldn't be interested but that's not I'm not target market right but the structure of the sales page makes a lot of sense okay let's look at this one um Mojo Nitro stack plus Mojo Mastery challenge got social proof call Action was uh this one and then risk reversal uh money back guarantee all in one like you I think there's also like free shipping um something like that credibility

as seen in stats data so selling them on testosterone before selling them on testosterone boosting supplements which makes a lot of sense and then a problem or pain or STS like why should you care because you're probably struggling with this then we have a vsl which is more on the Gap in the bridge so it's a little bit of Education that makes you trust them more because they're they're just like poking holes in your current situation and saying like here's why you're not seeing results and I'm going to show you five little hacks you can

do to get results next one nine powerful ways to help you D trust testimonials the number one choice for 330,000 happy customers testimonials so that's again like proof uh indirect evidence we got uh the positioning uh so a lot of people have testosterone support formulas um so why should I buy this one well that's seriously an understatement we were so much more than that right that's the positioning okay now this interesting okay uh remember how these said this is not just like prompt uh bundles it's actually automated tasks so these are all the things that

you're going to be able to automate because of our uh prompt so it's it's like it's not just the thing that you thought it was and then we have the the offer stack most Pages end with like testim like offer testimonials risk reversal FAQ if you look at this one ending with with um offer bonus testimonial FAQ final call to action this one let's see um behind the scenes FAQ here's the offer okay we ended with the offer I think I added the the offer here to explain what it was because it was on the

order form page but we have curiosity so the the promise was build a better fasted content production system cration was access for $97 I believe that 147 was um was there but they have like crossed it out to be like this is like it's a sale it's it's a good price special pricing right now just for you 4.7 out of five stars by 10,000 plus students a lot of social proof and then what people are saying right after what people are saying so if you once you have that you should leverage it if you're starting

out and you don't have that results you got to do something else you got to do you got you got to do Authority by association so what's that Authority by association is standing next to someone who has a lot of uh Authority so you could talk about let's say I was selling you know carnivore supplements um I've been let's say I've been on Carnivore for 3 years which I haven't but if I had and that was my whole thing like I want to sell supplements in the carnivore space I could have statistics or data or

case or market research not market research but like case like studies done on test uh yeah testosterone as well but just carnivore in general and I could talk about uh what other people are saying about it and I could use that and leverage it get Authority because of it because it's backing up my claims that I'm saying as well with external factors uh offer process the mechanism what you learn inside of the course testimonials or reviews what would you what will you learn inside so more expanding on it uh few pages had this like very

very much like here's what the course is and proof here's the modules and social proof here's the course curriculum and social proof it's like social proof throughout the page which I believe is better than having everything in one place because some people may not scroll there and those who do if it's too much it's just kind of like yeah I'm not going to read all that so you get the point I'm going to I'm going to let you go now and go through this document yourself uh would love to hear your thoughts your takeaways like

what are some patterns that you're seeing couple of things that I've seen is like uh there's not just one way to do to do this there's not just one way to sell something using funnels it's not just one structure it is the mental triggers of questions that they have like why should I care why should I even waste or spend my time scrolling through this and reading it um why is this different how much J it how can I get it who is it for um you know I always say there's three three reasons people

don't buy it's either and Russell Brunson or Dan Kennedy or someone came up with this first it's vehicle internal external so vehicle is what I call product based beliefs or concerns so uh concerns are just limiting beliefs and marketing is just changing beliefs so if it's about the vehicle or uh the the product then it would be something like is this going to work in my industry is this actually a good product so then it's like if people say it's a good product now you have overcome that one internal is where if I still if

I believe in the product and you know I believe that this is really good internally I might still feel like I don't know if I'm going to be consistent like the Mojo thing probably good product but I've bought supplements in the past and I've fell off and I don't I don't know if I can keep myself accountable but if they have a private Community or they have some sort of like support involved I'm like now maybe I can do it so internal beliefs can I do this I also call it people so the first one's

product product I call it people because it's also like the source of who selling it so the product might be good is this a brand that I want to be a part of if it isn't I might be like yeah I'll find it somewhere where else the community isn't maybe for me so it's People based is both internal and it's like the source of their product or vehicle if that makes sense the vehicle is just like the thing that gets you the result um and then finally we have external so like time money resources um

I call it Priority so product people and priority priority because time money resources are just like it's not about the price at the end of the day it's just is it is it worth it like if I said you can get this watch and it's a it's a Rolex but if I said you could get this watch for 100 bucks let's say someone didn't have a 100 bucks they could probably find it because it's a Rolex so they would be like it's I could just flip it even if I don't want to use it I

could just flip it so then the value to price ratio is there um so I call it Priority for that reason because if you explain to them how they're going to save time if how they're going to save money you might be spending money on this but imagine all this stuff that you can save like that's why you see a lot of softwares have this table of like you can cancel this this and that this is actually going to replace this this and that and it's like you're going to save a lot of money it's

not going to cost you and then now suddenly you've flipped um flipped the priority beliefs uh I know a a supplement company who sells tests so bio tests or um yeah you do like you take a test uh so that you know kind of what your body needs and it's pretty expensive up front but now you're actually going to save on on money afterwards because you're probably spending money on supplements right now which you you're not going to need all of them and now you're kind of blind you don't know what you need but with

the test you know exactly what you need and you only buy the thing that you need so it's kind this priority angle to it and that's also like why is it different well because you no longer guess no more guess work you just know exactly what you need and what your body needs hopefully that makes a lot of sense I know that was a lot of information for you but uh I'm very passionate about this stuff and the more I study the more I I noce patterns that when I build my funnels or client funnels

uh and strategies for for businesses I know what to look for uh because I start with the sales message and the offer and the the the structure of the page pretty much comes naturally because you just ask the same question like who is this for what is it that they really want what are some hidden fears they have what have tried you know what be failed that in the past why are we different are we first are we best or are we just different well we're not first we're not the best we're not even the

cheapest but we're different how are we different let's focus on that that's our unique selling proposition so what is then The Logical you know process to getting that result well that's the mechanism and the vehicle let's break that down so emotionally and logically it makes a lot of sense so anyways as that's all I got for you today hopefully you enjoyed this training and I'll see you in the next one if you have any questions let me know below I'll drop a link to this document and to the funnels here so you can look at

um all of the different uh funnel types as well um I also have these like figma funnels and these are templates that you can actually edit sure you can do that on some here like I've imported some of them using uh this that's an image that's an image that's an image that's an image but a lot of times I've imported yeah this one isn't an image I've imported a lot of these using the plugin called HTML to design inigma and you can actually do that to get uh to get any page any live website homepage

landing page funnel you can get them imported using this you just plug in the the link the URL here uh you're going to see it it loads up boom that's where you put it and just click import and then you wait and then it's going to import something that page you you inserted and you can study it you can look at it um I will say sometimes a lot of times actually it'll change the design a little bit because maybe they're using a font that isn't on your computer so it's not going to look the

same but you'll look you'll see the you'll see the the structure I use Al I use fire shot I use this one so Go full page is a page screenshot uh Chrome plugin that will go throughout the entire page and screenshot it and then I can just drag in the image here to uh the figma board so I always recommend you do that and then as soon as you've done that I just changed the image to 1920 because that is the the width that I Ed for all of all of the funnels and that way

it just stays consistent I have around 100 pixels in between all of them so it just stays clean but you can start building out your own vault as well if you want to download this you just go here file download uh or save local copy then you go to f.com you log in and you just drag in your file and drop in your dashboard and you can start editing yourself because then it's not changing what everyone else is doing hopefully that's helpful I'll see you in the next one what's up hey if you're watching this

um you are getting access to my DM closing scripts exact L what to say in your inbox to close High ticket deals in all time without a call and I've used these myself to close hundreds of deals and I've built close to 600 funnels and 90% of my deals are in DMS alone so Facebook mostly Facebook Instagram and emails as well so without any calls no proposals just by following these script So Below in the comments of this loom video you're going to see a link to this now some of you are are students of

funnel university.com and so you have actually access to uh one second you actually have access to these as well these are updated client closing scripts um both inbound and outbound as well as sales call script so these are the 2.0 of uh the DM closing script so uh I wanted to mention that because some of you you might be um you know you might be busy and you haven't heard the news in the community that there's an updated version for you called client closing scripts and this one I believe is like 43 Pages yeah you

can see 43 pages and uh this free version is 22 pages so still a lot now these are it's it's interesting to me because when I look at these they're the same uh principles as when I created this year ago still works to this day right so go through this read it and see how I would connect with someone um connect collect close followup hacks questions to ask before closing scale with Outreach messages um your first 10 clients scale to 10 to 50 Facebook group to messenger um and like I said here if you want

a full training on this we have that inside side of funnels University um so I will leave a link to um to this right here I'm not going to leave a link to funus University because it's just funus university.com and even if you don't join these alone will help you land your first client I do have a free community if you're not in it on School uh school I'll leave a link to that as well and I'll show you we got got a 400 people in here in what like a two weeks yeah so you

can see people are posting their wins uh bronze silver gold clients as they're Landing clients people asking for feedback close to bronze client and uh there's a lot of networking and and funnel strategies how to get clients and all that I posted this one the one dm outre message to land clients it's another loom video and so that is all also uh included in this you can go to school.com it's a free course and a free uh community so you can get a 30-day free course literally by just opting in so all of this all

of this is like a 30-day course that helps you implement more of this sort of stuff so let me know reply back to the DM if you have any questions on this other than that enjoy and I'll see you inside all right so check the S I just found the best way to find 1,000 qualified leads in one day so right now if you create a template of this so you go to file below this video and you make a copy and you start using this today you can find a thousand qualified leads right and

I just I was like why have I overlooked this so there's like there's a few steps here so there's a three-step process um so let me show you uh how simple it is there's two tabs one is the CRM and and I'm calling this like uh a thousand lead challenge so your challenge today is to at least find a 100 and add them in here which is yes that's a lot but with this as you know as I'm going to show you the process with this system you'll be able to find at least a thousand

and so it it just takes a while to copy them over to this pipeline if you will or this tracker so let's go uh over how it works on this tab the second tab you'll see a leader Tab and what this is is just industry leaders so call them influencers gurus um these are leaders who people follow and they look up to right but we don't just want a thousand people right we just we don't want just leads we want qualified leads so people who are red H you know they're engaging they're active and they

have businesses so how do we know that they're active they have business they're online we could message them and offer like a a no-brainer no risk like free you know trial or some sort of uh free thing that it's easy to say yes to well um check this out so let's say you go to Alex Hero's business page so I'm on Facebook here scrolling through right and I go to search and I look for people like hosi I go to his page not profile although you could do both so I could link both of them

in here um and I would just copy this and call it profile instead of Facebook page and then I go down to followers but the problem is if I click followers I'm not going to see who those people are because it's unavailable so if I click uh likes same thing but if I click followers or likes or go down to followers I can see his photos I can see his videos so look at this one for example 15,000 people now this is not all you might be saying well it's that it if I go down

and I look at some of these uh people you'll see uh if you have the right profiles you'll see that these are actually business owners so I don't know who we should uh test here let's do this one Louise uh um let's see here just going to open a few and I haven't done Alex hosi yet so this might be uh it's just a while I guess so we're going to do few more and then I'm going to show you because like I said this just step one so step one is to identify those leaders

step two is to look at their posts and people who are engaging which means yeah there you go uh GLD media. next one if you click sometimes you click there um some you click there cover photo and you find the link to something they have Limitless we can see there a link let's go to the next one we see a link here next one no link on this one next one digital Creator so we might find if we scroll down we might see uh promotional content from from their uh profile but like I said this

is the first one so so let's do Russell Bronson for example uh we go to followers or here 900,000 people follower list is unavailable we go down to uh posts and we go to uh the people who are liking engaging now why do i p pick uh people like um Alex mosy Russell Bronson or Frank Kern so if I go to Frank who's a digital marketer I can go to Ryan dice I can go to uh Dean graciosa I can go to a lot of these people who are um who are digital marketers or business

content gurus if you will because they are most likely to have uh to have businesses as well right so instead of going to mindset people I go to um to people in the you know people that I I imagine have a a business uh the highest probability so copy Chief um Le guitar okay Genesis of copywriting so maybe they would want a funnel build a design to their copyrighting uh Dante there we go marketing specialist at clickfunnels maybe build a relationship with him Tyson owner of this right funnel Builder um there we we go so

we can go to uh the photos as well click people who liked if this isn't enough and you're not finding a lot of uh qualified leads which you can see you're already doing like if they're following Russell for funnels they need funnels from people like us to get them built out um because remember not everyone is a funnel Builder a lot of people are just experts at what they do and they want to Outsource it who do not how Outsource it to find someone who can do it for them so that's all good right like

you can add their link so once you find someone who has a uh a business that you want to reach out to you copy that over uh Brian would go into the CRM Brian say it's Brian J profile so it's Brian C anyways site we can look at the site can take a couple notes he's a copywriter message so as soon as you message them you just go message number two if he replies and he's interested in a free uh you know whatever the free thing is that you're offering boom maybe you do a first

free redesign or something I will say instead of spending money on Advertising like instead of spending $300 to acquire a customer you could spend 30 minutes doing something for free instead so instead of spending money you spend time and these are qualified leads which means that you don't waste time with them now let's say you're you're done with a profile which yes there's thousands thousands of of people here but you want to find more people cuz like let's say everyone goes to Russell and Alex toosi because I'm doing this video and you want to stand

out well here's another way to do it you go to their other social media profiles so Twitter or X you go to followers and then you can start going through here let's see if they have a business um Charlie boost trapping founder engineer so there we go we got a business here so we do this here as well and then you can add them you can message them with the same free offer that literally doesn't require anything from the person receiving it so you're not asking for stuff you're giving and that feels way better as

well here's the third part the final part that nobody's talking about who is the guru or the expert the influencer following so now I can go to following and I can see okay uh Brian Johnson so the founder of the blueprint and I can look at his followers so now I have millions of qualified well not qualified uh anymore but we have thousands thousands thousands of qualified people and then we want to expand like we have to find those qualified so yes it ends up becoming millions of qualified uh leads now another way is Instagram

so we can repeat this and then we can go to okay let's do Sam ovens we can look uh Sam ens say 999,000 followers and the links that they have in BIO then we go back to Facebook what do we do we search for Sam ovens we add Sam ovens to this because Sam Sam ovens uh content style is very you know it's very like raw and and real and genuine it's it's more for like established businesses more so than uh beginners just starting out uh which means these are good leads so you can do

the same for some ovens and this is how you build a th000 qualified leads in one single day that you can start outreaching into with your free offer so download the spreadsheet below this video enjoy report back to me when you land your first client because I know it's not going to take long the simple sales call framework that I use when I close deals and you'll learn uh what are your closing deals in uh Zoom calls or messenger or Instagram DMs doesn't really matter because this is most mostly focused on the principles but you'll

understand when you watch this you'll know the process that I take people through when you understand how I think you'll be able to customize it when you're on a sales call or when you're in DM closing and you might be saying go I thought your the DM closer like don't you close most of your deals in messenger or inbox yes that's the case that's totally uh the case but sometimes I do like 15minute calls and I just um meet with some they want to explain maybe they have a couple things that super important about the

vision for the project they just want to talk to me and maybe I have two questions as well and we'll jump on a quick Zoom call so it's very like low pressure but let's let's go over this so before we ask what makes people buy I like to invert things and ask what causes people not to buy what would make this like destroy the conversions on my C so let's consider these factors most clients are bombarded with offers and cold pitches daily so if you want to reach out to people or post content they see

that in thousands per day it's common human behavior to focus more on the loss of our hard-earned money rather than the value what we get so when we part waste with the money that we worked so hard for it's kind of hard to get to that point right where they're like okay here's 5,000 you know even if they're rich trust me like even the wealthiest clients sometimes it's harder to get them to part waste with their money than someone making like seven figures past negative experience affect your natural positioning too so if you think you're

neutral like I've never done anything wrong to anyone why wouldn't I close uh deals like easy because they have past negative experience so some other people might have said something they couldn't deliver on also people have access to tons of options you have to stand out you're always competing against something else or someone else and then you're asking for thousands of dollars as a complete stranger right really quick on on tons of options there's two ways to look at competition one is there's two funnel Builders or funnel agencies that's competition but also templates is competition

if they think in their mind they think the templates are going to get them the same result that you could get them then you're competi you're competing with templates because templates are way cheaper and faster it's like copyrighting versus chat GPT one is way faster and cheaper but one could be better so what's that what's the thing that you have to talk to them about how you're different preferably in content before a call so they see okay this person has worked with them or they have a unique framework or they have a process or they

have a team or they have a system they're not just selling a landing page they're selling a complete funnel ecosystem these are things that you should keep in mind there's three main categories of reasons why though uh so let's start with the product based objections so Project based beliefs or objections or con concerns are vehicles to get them to an outcome so I'm not sure if I need a sales funnel for my business do I I know I need a sales funnel but not sure which one I need or I've heard about sales funnels but

that whole thing sounds like it's not for me it's for them it's probably just for Internet marketers right like preconceived notions or uh limiting beliefs or false uh misconceptions that they might have uh or they might think oh no I saw sales phun once it looks kind of spammy or scammy like my wife once said that a f she saw it looks like a virus like you have virus infected on your computer so the design and branding didn't build much much uh trust there or but what about my website that I already paid $10,000 for

I once uh met with a local business they said I just paid 15,000 for this website it took them a year to deliver so those are Project based beliefs they have about the thing funnels but they don't know that because they just had an experience and you have different perspective so how do you communicate that right there's a gap so then person based or people-based uh B so these are internal uh or it's like the source of the solution right so I know funnels work for courses but what about my Niche or I know I

need funnels but I'm not a techy person I can't handle it I wish understood that but I'm way too old for that like I've had clients who said funnel sounds great man but I'm too old for that like I'm 50 and I'm like what like so you can't sell stuff through a sales process because you're older than me it's like but that's their beliefs so if it's their belief it's it's hurting their conversions or hurting your conversions you have to overcome those objections I can understand funnels but I don't know how to get traffic okay

well without a funnel you're why would you send traffic to something that's not converting so it's a belief they have but you have to overcome that even if the funnel would work I would know I don't know if I want to scale cuz I'm comfortable this way so it's just based on them who they are maybe even you based on you as the source to deliver it a couple different limitting beliefs and then third one is priority so external finance-based or time uh what about my website that I already paid for this carries out to

a huge investment no guarantee what if I pay for this can't make meet the other commitments that I have Team payroll uh I can afford this for sure but not sure it will it will be worth it from a financial standpoint or maybe even um time like if I do this then do I have the time to run traffic all that or why don't I just find a cheaper fun Builder elsewhere why you so that's why this is so important uh when you build this Rapport and you build your brand and you build relationships with

people you sell to them everything has to start with you like you're the source of the service right so if they don't trust you why would they trust your offer you could say all the things you want but if they don't trust you none of that matters so first one is connect build quick report collect gather information to qualify you could also say connect uh which is more uh personally uh collect is the right information then close is invite them to work with you so uh close offer no-brainer deal and then instant onboarding so how

do we do that well one way we do that is the zoom call uh framework so here's why Zoom calls work great uh number one they take care of the stranger syndrome uh and build interest trust because you can use the video and the webcam to build trust oh this is a normal person I get the vibe you know a little bit of energy and I get to ask you question as well like where do you live do you have kids do you whatever it's like sometimes clients ask those things um it allows them to

ask any last minute questions or concern so they might just be asking I had one client want to just wanted to to meet me because he got uh he got scammed by someone else or I don't know scan but he just he didn't get what the person promised so he just wanted to meet me and just sort of see who who he's going to work with which I understand um you get to ask tons of questions about their project as well and qualify um is this the only funnel are you getting any traffic do you

have a budget for traffic like maybe you want to know that once you're at a certain level because maybe you don't work with with everybody in the beginning when you start you just looking to get to work with everybody because you want the money and you want the experience and you want the portfolio um you can position yourself as an expert by asking the right questions so you have their full attention now on a zoom call which you didn't have on a DM conversation you can overcome any objection by offering a no-brainer risk free deal

and sometimes that is literally just saying if this is a money thing but you would ra like you would love to move forward we could just potentially do 50% up front which I usually don't do but because I see the potential in you and I uh would be happy to help we can do that so would that be helpful or would that be easier and they go yeah that that'd be awesome I can do that so instead of instead of 4,000 I can do 2,000 up front and 2,000 in 30 days right so normally this

only takes 15 to uh 30 minutes not even 45 but you can uh you know you can mark off um just so you have that reserved spot in your calendar like 45 minutes so how should you run the calls then here's an example let's say this is a zoom call Hey man nice to meet you how's it going awesome what time is it there you're in Australia right gotcha yeah I'm in Finland so it's 5:00 P pm here uh well listen I'm excited to learn more about you and your offer uh I checked out your

profile quickly so maybe tell me more about that first and then we can go over what type of fun i' recommend and so on based on on your information right like what you're sharing um what you have when you're sharing with me so then they say so this is for a project I've been working on it's a coaching program that I've had for years now uh I've been doing one-onone coaching calls and my calendar is absolutely slammed so I'm moving more towards group coaching now I'm thinking it should be a via cell funnel that people

opt into then book to watch a mini webinar and then apply to book a call with me and then I would say something like like gotcha yeah and this coaching offer you've done so far what's the main outcome that you help people get there specific paino you see people come to you for or what's the customer Avatar so now it's like that makes sense based on what he said about the coaching program right so you ask questions that are connected and and linked to the previous topic of discussion so makes sense you're not just helping

people with email automation but Jo helping them increase Roi from their paid media efforts you mirror back to them what they're saying which means you they Now understand and feel comfortable knowing that you understand them which means if they pay you then you've already confirmed that you know what to build so they don't have the same risk now of paying you and then not getting the funnel that they need because now they start to feel like man this person understands me this is exactly I need to work with that makes sense awesome thanks for sharing

cuz that that's when we write the cop The Hook and the angle of the funnel okay this person also understands conversions and copywriting and positioning not just design so now you you start standing out as well from others um you know it's almost like a performance coach for entrepreneurs really do just help with health even uh if that's what they're selling also indirectly help with productivity energy levels overall happiness as a result of implementing their help and your services are kind of similar but more in the marketing department where you selling one thing but really

what you help people to is uh make more from their existing traffic so this just one example sometimes I I just do a quick like example if they say I want to have a 5day you know free five-day challenge I'm like oh that's kind of similar to uh the one that high level is doing for their five-day challenge or that we did with Tony and de or that Russell Bronson is doing like you just give another example which means you're someone who is in this industry so it's part of like the example closing that I

do where if they say I want I want this or I want a funnel like this I'm like oh cool if I share my screen I have a few examples of that actually in my portfolio and then I also found some that I can share with you that we can model to uh get inspiration from when we're building yours that I found on on uh on this site and that could be on literally Pinterest where there's a lot of like landing page designs and visual and then there's like um ui8 there's dribble there's Awards there's

like all these places where you can find inspiration that you can bring and close them with examples cuz now they're like oh I had this idea I didn't know if it was going to be what I needed but you're confirming it now or you can tweak a little bit like okay have you thought about adding a VIP ticket to that free 5day challenge like actually I didn't think of that but I've seen it yeah let's do that so now you get them like buying in with like yes yes that makes sense I've seen that let's

do that and then collect information about the project uh and then people feel free to pause this by I'm going kind of quick so then you transfer from collect to close that makes sense and do you need me to create the vssl do you handle that as well SS good let's do it what usually charge for a project like this great what do you need for me to build this funnel for me and when do you think it'll be ready in live for me to launch and then that's where you close it is so usually

depends on the project what the client already has in place like copy from a previous page a vssl we can model what platform they want built on things of that nature um that's kind of what's different with us compared to other cheaper freelan we take care of everything start to finish at life for within 10 to 14 days so here I kind of throw rocks at other of people just do one thing like if they think that if I believe that they would think 30 days is a long time uh which nowadays like it's more

like 21 to 30 days then I just explain the team and like the process and the steps that we go through and then it makes sense to them logically in terms of a fees who would normally charge around 5K for product like this which for some like you would uh who sells High ticket is a net positive Roi from just one additional client um so this was an example of when I sold like 3500 for example that way you can make sure you cover everything from planning da da process you know which uh people tend

to love our clients love it because it's just everything in one place the onboarding form um and then um objections usually Financial you can offer 50% up front 50% at delivery if that helps you can ask them that like uh if there's any uh anything else like if there's uh like if um uh if you how how would you say this sorry my brain is a little bit fright um so is there any other reasons or any other concerns or is it mainly the financial side of things it's like no I love what you do

I would love to to work with you I'd love to hire you uh it's just the cash flow right now is a little bit tight then you could be like totally uh that makes sense and I don't typically do this but if I see there's a really good fit and I would work you know love to work with someone I can make that exception and and do 50% off front and that way people jump on because everything else clicked before that soes that make uh Mak sense if you have any questions on this um drop

them in the community in the private Community uh let me know if maybe you have a recording or if you have a uh an example of someone that you talked to if you had any objections that you needed to handle there or maybe your main takeaways like what are some takeaways that comes to mind when you're watching this post it in the private community so others can benefit from it as well because the more people post that we're like okay this worked for me this objection handling uh this angle really helped or this is what

I did in in a call or this is what I did when I closed deal uh in my DMs and that really helped let me know and I'll see you in the community all right we are coming towards the end of the course and you might be feeling a little bit tired I know I am from all the work I've been putting into this course putting it together filming it and thinking about the Strategic Lo logistical way of you going through it so you learn everything so it makes a lot of sense and it's time

for you to now take everything and take the torch I've been doing this for almost a decade hundreds of clients I've been building almost a thousand funnels at this point if you calculate our own internal funnels and funnel templates and client funnels I still love building it but I want to sort of duplicate myself and give this to you now so you can go and run with it and so what I've ended the course with is uh Q&A so there's going to be a lot of questions uh that you might have that I know a

lot of people in the community has asked and so we put together a list of questions that I'm doing I think it's an hour long Q&A like high production quality the audio isn't the best so my apologies on the microphone but the content the actual topics that we discuss things like how do I get my first client when should I go from a freelancer to an agency when should I sell my own products and things of that nature uh when should I hire people think that every single uh one of you every single business starting

out in a fun building business needs to know we'll cover that as well as uh some other good stuff that I've prepared for you and then we're going to end this whole thing with a challenge and I call it The finnal Grandmaster challenge you've already seen the 30-day sort of checklist and and we're going to end this with gamification I promise you this in the beginning of the course we have gamification so uh after you finish watching there's a link to join the community as well with the actual steps the community engagement the gamification the

prices and all those things and every month we pick a member of the month as well as uh prices for those of you who participate uh when you post uh your wins you're going to see the different uh uh rewards like the gold silver uh and bronze clients and um all those things so right uh now let's continue we're almost done hang in there uh let's get to it the way you get your first client first of all is watching the first two modules you understand the overview of not just the program but the business

model as well and if I started over right now and I needed one client quickly I would do two things I would focus on getting a specific person specific Niche so let's say course creators for an example because then I can understand quickly what type of funnel they need if I work with software businesses and course creators and then authors and I work with all these different people it's pretty hard to understand the intricacies the sales messaging the offers of all these businesses and all the types of funnels that they're using because software would use

a demo funnel for example but of course business wouldn't they would use maybe a homepage and a lead magnet and an automated sales phones for for their course so I would recommend picking one industry because then you can go and find those people that's why I talk about it's important that they have the purchase power but it's also easy to to find them online so you can message them now you can use both inbound and outbound marketing and you can start messaging people you can start posting content around not just the funnel type but the

other issues like how do you know what funnel type to use for your course business and things that improve the conversions for a course business and a course funnel so again I would pick one industry and go and find those people then create my personal brand my profile my portfolio with examples of those funnel types that I know that they're going to need and I would say here's a few examples that are built for you now when it comes to outreach and we'll talk more about lead generation you want to find something that is a

no brainer no risk for them so a free template a free ebook a free video that you can send to them that helps them with something not like hey your funnel sucks let me help you but instead hey I love working with people like you here's a few things that I would suggest that could improve your conversions I wouldn't start by finding the best leads let me say that first and the reason why is because I would go Market in that industry first so like take everyone because everyone is practice you're getting paid even for

that $200 client that $500 client you're getting paid to learn something and then once you have 10 20 30 clients or projects could be concept funnels or a free project where you got a testimonial from someone and then your first couple five 10 paid clients I would start looking for masterminds at this point I remember when I had my first like big two comma Club client who was in other big rooms and so I did a free product for him and then he recommended me to other people because people start asking like hey who built

your funnel and people have conversations all the time I have conversations with seven eight and nine figure clients and entrepreneurs and so if if someone asks people ask me all the time who edits your videos and obviously I I'll just tell them who edits my videos and I wouldn't if I wouldn't be proud of them and so you have to have the skill in order to do that so everything you do leading up to those dream clients the best clients is something you can leverage to then close those clients when you get introduced to them

right so start by getting at all types of levels clients and then leverage that once you go to the to your dream clients and then offer to work for free you can list out 10 20 30 people from different groups it could be the owners of the groups because then you know they're industry leaders they have communities and they have big businesses and then offer to work for free they love quality they don't want to spend a lot of time filtering through people so do stuff that doesn't require anything from them I've had people sending

me stuff like hey I built this for you and then I just take a look at it great if if I like it I just pay them without a call because I want to hire them charging is always an interesting uh conversation I would say when you're getting started it's okay to charge 500 it's okay to charge 1,000 even I remember my first 100 funnels people would always say like you're charging too little and I would say well I'm I'm just trying to build up my my portfolio I remember once I I put a goal

to have a thousand funnels and and we're now on our way to do so but it wasn't within 2 years it was in the next 10 years I want to get a th000 projects and so every $2,000 $1,000 $3,000 was a bonus and if you come from a place of nothing everything is a bonus you you're learning more so you can leverage that and a comp bounds because you become more skillful and you're making your a few thousand here and there but I would say once you start hiring people for example it's more important to

keep the profit margins once you start being overbooked so here's a good indicator if you are fully booked all the time and every client says yes that sounds great let's move forward you have no objections or concerns from them you're probably charging a little bit too low on the lower end because if you charge a higher ticket let's say 10,000 you're going to start getting more people who say like I mean that makes sense for you but let me just look at a few other options as well let me think about it those sort of

things so it's a good indicator of like am I charging too little if everyone says yes then maybe but also if you're like I'm cool with a th000 2,000 because I'm building my portfolio my skills and case studies and getting paid to learn because a lot of fun to just learn within the businesses rather than just creating some people charge too much they never get clients and they just do free content free concept funnels and it's like how's that serving you then you know rather than just working with clients and learning more so that's a

good indicator of like am I charging too little if everyone says yes am I charging too much I'm not getting any clients everyone says no and I'm just here doing nothing all day best Niche to pick is what I call Trendy markets that are growing right so I look at education traditional education isn't growing but the online education space is growing so I'm like who's in that space I remember in 2020 when we had the big thing happen e-commerce took off even faster so e-commerce could be a good industry if you work with big Brands

and you do their conversion optimization their stores and everything but the second thing I'm looking at is the the profit margins there's a lot of people who have masterminds who reach out because they sell 25k packages for example so if I build a funnel for 5 10K that's easily worth it for them if they get 20 people in and they pay half of one client to me eily worth it but I also like working with course creators and coaches who sell $500 courses they have a 10 and then we can build out the back end

then so you know if I build three funnels and they're making six figures and I'm charging 5K uh per funnel that's also a great client so look at Trends look at you know here's where the market is going and then you'll have you know there's millions of business start every year so then you'll always have clients I wouldn't go in the local business Market not that it's dying it's not just growing as fast as the education space and typically you have more meetings in person if you work locally they're not as quick to move forward

whereas online people who love personal development they move quickly they're successful they're busy they're like they see quality and they want to pay for it because it's not the money that's the most important thing for them it's the time so once they see you they're like I know I want to hire this person it's such an easy sale that's why I've sold hundreds of of clients and projects and DMS Just sh them examples of what I can do for them they reach out they see something they're like yep great makes sense here's an example okay

how much is it is this much it's going to be live in 14 days whatever and you just fill out an on boarding form super seamless maybe a 10 minute zo call and that's it it's an interesting question because it it depends on who you are as a as a person right like uh some people more analytical some people more creative and so do you want to also enjoy the business or not I I'm a a very creative person and I like building stuff and so for me it makes a lot of sense to still

be involved some what but I can also recreate myself and say I'm going to step into the leadership position to build a team and I'm going to use a 10810 rule 10% I'm a part of in the beginning the client brief the project brief and the strategy the funnel type maybe I meet with the client I wrote them what we need and then the copywriter writes the copy the designer works on that The Branding the graphics and I come in and like I tweak and I give feedback and I lead the team I coach the

team and I train the team members so it's it's important for you to understand what are you best at do you want to just meet with a lot of people there's people who make a lot of money just networking with people they go and travel and meet these people at masterminds and everything and then they just sell projects and bring it back to the team and this is in all businesses ads agencies funnel agencies uh whatever it is is you find out what you're good at what you want to do and then you Outsource the

rest oh paid ads a lot of people ask how can I speed up the lead generation with uh paid ads and there there is a way to do it you want to have a really good portfolio first of all because imagine a stranger sees you they don't buy you for you your personal brand as they could in organic marketing where they've been following you they see your content they see a little bit of business stuff personal stuff your values you're posting about funnels they see your obession that's why organic is so great but if you

want to scale with paid ads you need a couple things you need a great portfolio where they recognize some of the either Rands the prices you've been working on or the testimonials you have the other thing too is like if you sell a conversion rate optimization or copyrighting in funnel design the whole nine yard you need to Showcase results for people and and shorten the gap of building trust but if you sell funnel design guess what you could just visually if it's a cold lead you do paid ads hey we build amazing High converting funnel

that look professional look great here's a few examples a lot of people just pay you for for for funnel design or redesign maybe it's status they want to be looked at at um the goto so The Branding has to be on point and all they need again is like people make decisions quickly if this if it's the the right clients so a portfolio of great funnel designs and then a bot them to co to book a call with you now you want to have that right because it's paid apps it's Cod Lead You Want to

Build That trust with them they might have a few question like what platform do you build this what's included in the design and things like that and so you have ad to a sales page you have the results credibility you have the portfolio here's exactly what we've done for other people book a free call with us here to go over your situation and I've seen some people have success with that where they scale up they book calls fill their calendar every week and they focus on on selling and then build a team in fact I've

been a lead funnel builder for some of these funnel agencies where they bring in leads sell High ticket cuz you also got to take into consideration not not only do you have the team you also have the ad spend and you want to keep a healthy 50% profit margin at all times and so keep that in mind when you're doing paid ads so that's like product focused advertising here's what we've done but you could also do vssl or casit or webinar where you say here's the result that we do if you're a coach here's the

result we can build this out done for you it's a great angle to have and then you have that vsl or webinar booking calls on the calendar either you or sales team takes those calls and close the de daily habits is such an important one because I notice if I'm if I'm doing too many things and I don't have a predictable and consistent H schedule I don't get into momentum I don't get into flow but if I tune out everything sometimes I remember when I start I just had to tell everybody like no I'm busy

right now building my business and once I had the same routine every single day I woke up I got into my office or my room my bedroom and my computer and I just did the same thing my brain would also focus on the same thing so if I go for a walk or if I go for a run or if I shower my brain is subconsciously coming up with ideas because momentum kicks in when all your energy is focused on one thing so rather than looking at habits or routines or schedule just ask yourself how

can I eliminate as much as possible for the next 90 days just 90 days go all in on building the skills posting content more people know you reach out to people so they see what you can help them with and then upgrading your skills and your portfolio that eventually sells and then you talk with more people and then you deliver to the clients and if you have a team then you work with the team and it's like your energy is so limited you got to focus it in on the things that actually move the business

forward oh and then also you want to focus on good sleep a diet that isn't making you foggy and then working out a few few times per week and uh doing like daily 10 20 minute Walks Like if if the brain is the machine behind everything you got to take care of you got to fuel it so that you can actually run the business for you right super important AI is such an interesting topic for funnel Builders because there are some things that will be more eliminated is just a fact because the clients that we

work with they also know about AI a lot of them and they think it's cool they want to try it out and to some point it's also overwhelming right especially at early stage of anything so you can either look at this as like let me try to learn the AI tools and hope that clients don't and then sell it to them using AI or you could say how do I work with clients and just do more for them and get the clients who still don't want to do the thing that is like let's say bookkeeping

AI is a a tool that helps you you know do bookkeep and accounting with AI and all you got to do this this and that and then you got to understand sort of the legalities behind it now I'm like I'm not interested so I want to Outsource things that doesn't fit my focus and it's the same thing with clients so they might learn how to do a little bit of copywriting they might learn how to do I mean AI tools already write decent copy but not world class and so if you come in and you

that part and then AI does a little bit of design it can generate images it can generate like uh wireframes and it can generate the first landing page but not worldclass funnels that sell for them 24/7 because you need an offer you need to know what what funnel type and sure they can go to GPT and ask what funnel type would you recommend but if you have results and you build your case studies and you can say here's the fun type that I recommend for you we have a proven framework that we're using with clients

and then I do copyrighting and design and I set everything up for you and we split test it we are now running we're the machine behind the funnel right that's why I call this like conversion machines because you do everything for them the alarte method right you do everything for them them and then when you talk to them you ask them what they need you're like that makes sense let me do this this and that because that's what you need in order to get the result that you want and now ai can save them a

little time yes but it's not going to launch everything for them so a lot of clients who are busy if they have 20 10 five I got friends who have a 100 employees you think they sit doing AI stuff to launch their funnels all day they looking for people like you and me to build everything for them now you can use AI to speed things up and have more healthy profit margins save more time and get better results for them well Facebook I would instead of looking at platforms so I would look at the clients

where they're hanging out because you need to be able to reach them right so are are they still on Facebook great then you can reach them if you're watching this in a few years from the recording and more people and transition to X or Twitter or LinkedIn then you want to be where they're hanging out and you want to create your person brand right there if there are other platforms where you know that they're hanging out then create your brand reach out to people get them to reach out to you that's the principle it's like

more about how you think about things for example I went to a mastermoney that was 15,000 but a lot of my ideal clients are hanging out there and then since then I've been getting like a few clients from there and then like 10 15 leads who all want to pay me 5 to 10K each so did the master M cost me money or did it make me money right so you want to look at the principle of where the like both offline and online so Facebook for example I would find so use other people's communities

I would find them there add them as a friend if you have a Facebook group or if you have a Discord Channel if you have another Community bring them into your community I'll give you an example if I go and find people in a Facebook group I friend request them I engage in the comments and then because they become a friend they they're also on my news feed where I can promote stuff I can make offers right so I can say hey I created a free funnel template for those you wanted to just comment below

now they can comment and I'll reach out to them or have a VA reach out or a software give them the template they opt in they're now on my email list so now I own that traffic and I can email and blast out emails to my email list and then my other platforms are continuing to bring in more leads and everything brings into my community my email list to build my person brand and then I can set up referral system so once I get my first clients I can also ask them hey do you know

anyone else who would need this I'm happy to pay 10% or 500 bucks or whatever it is and then you build more lead flow systems that are inbound so you always want to focus on both inbound and outbound oh this a good one YouTube is great I had someone message me recently saying he said I I only have so many YouTube subscribers I think a few hundred and he just got a client for 5,000 and the best part is he's just using a web camera he's not editing anything he's just talking about the platform that

he's using people are search for it how do I use this thing high level clickfunnel system whatever it is and he's just posting helpful content and so many people think that I have to be I have to have a studio like this I got to put 70,000 into the gear the office and everything but in reality you can just ask yourself what they need oh they want to know how to add their domain if they want to add their domain to a platform is because they want have a business they want to run it on

that platform so now you can post cont that people look for they they watch the video they find it helpful because most people don't show their face because most people are hiding at home those who put themselves out there will build more trust with the person so even though they haven't met you they see your videos and now if you have 10 videos this month or this quarter and then you keep adding more videos they watch those videos and then when they reach out to you instead of going from cold to warm on the call

they already have like warm and you just got to like fill in the details like hey how much is it and this works for anything so if you're launching your own funnel templates when we talk about the Journey of going from designer to funnel Builder agency and consultant if you want your own funnel templates just put a link in the description so people search for your stuff they watch the video they buy the templates they search for something they see the video they download the ebook now you're getting your email list and your personal brand

being built in compounds over time and you get people download stuff you can have an email sequence that leads them to a vsl that then gets them to book a call with you right and so you're building a brand you're getting leads and you're closing deals and you can do this as soon as you have some knowledge doesn't have to be you don't have to be a world class fun ability to start posting content but you also don't want to start before you had your first client right because what are you talking about you're just

regur getting someone else's video like you want to talk from here's what I'm doing and here's what you want to keep in mind when you're doing this so maybe avoid these mistakes use this template to speed this up give give give and then you'll get more uh people asking you to do this for them I think it's very important to just sell what you've already done and if you haven't uh done it yet that's okay let's say you you've been you know starting your funnel agency someone ask when you're posting content someone ask like hey

do you have any templates for sale do you have any course that you sell do you sell coaching you can just partner with someone be affiliate a lot of people are Affiliates of our stuff our final templat and our courses and promote and they get commissions from that so rather than you creating your own products too early you just recommend oh click Fon has this I recommend Russell's this or high level has their certification or ghost has his certification and you have your links that you can just send to people and so if you look

at a 30-day content calendar you can do value content piece promotion of your funnel agency value value and then drop an offer that you like that someone else have and Link it in the comments and then value content and it's like you combine those so that you always get you always get leads and you get offers and promotions out to your audience I do this with softwares as well that's why I have a six multi six figure ailla business on the on the side it's not even my main focus it's just because I now have

so many content streams that focus on giving that want to make offers in between people click them they sign up to the to the software I recommend things of that nature but once you're building your personal brand you're building your community you want to build your value ladder if you will and you want to have some sort of more leverage passive income streams that's a good time to launch something like a funnel template bundle maybe first you want to go okay how can I bundle as much as possible for as little as possible to build

Goodwill and then from those thousand people 100 people who purchase from you you can say we also offer oneon-one book a cult to see for good fit and you sell that higher ticket and then people who don't you know can't afford oneon-one as you're helping those people you're recording videos now you can downsell them into a course and then you laun your course that way and this could be a long-term play for you so don't feel like you have to do all of this at once I did this over the period of 5 years and

now it's been more than that and now I'm still building out I'm still building funs for other people to keep learning like if you're not learning if you're not building if you're not becoming better what are you going to teach the stuff that work 3 years ago so the focus should be the cash C the the funnel agency and then these other things are like it becomes a 5k per month additional Revenue stream 1K here from the funnel templates 10K here from coaching Consulting you you can do a full day Consulting gig with a client

where you go in and you do stuff and it's like way more expensive but it's more Hands-On you can do a 1 hour call with 500 bucks where you get to help someone with their offer sales message and funnel but you don't do it for them and then if they really love it they're like how can I just get you to build three PHS for me well that's 12 Grand and then you sell a package to do it for them that's when you build out your stuff when you actually know what you're talking about revisions

I always say unlimited revisions but I I don't let them disrespect me and use it in the wrong way I want to make sure they're happy because if they're happy they're going to buy more funnels they're going to recommend me to other people so sometimes like just do the work or Outsource it to where it's it's really good and they're happy the reason I don't say you know it's only two revisions because okay you're going to save some time but you might end up with a dispute refund or an unhappy customer so instead like why

do they need revisions in the first place right how can I fix not needing re like maybe it's the onboarding that I need to be more specific if you keep having a lot of revisions maybe start doing onboarding calls kickoff calls instead of just the onboarding form that I recommend and I use a lot for bigger clients I've started doing more more calls because I want to understand okay your angle is this unique way of doing things your results your background is this which we can use in the copy your branding so when I start

with people I give them two to three different like fonts and color pellets in mood boards because I want to understand what do you visualize right so it's hard to communicate verbally something that they visualize visually right so I asked them a few things in the beginning that then makes them excited about I like this style and then here's a few examples of other funnels and if they don't have those examples I can bring examples to them pick like which style do you like of these of live funnels you have a funnel vault in this

program that you can use and when you do that the more work you do up front the less revisions you're going to have on the back end and then in fact for even for those who don't ask for revisions I like to include 30-day split testing CU I get more data I get more case studies I get more results for them and I keep learning know what worked here and here so when I have the next sales call I can say well we tested this actually in a similar industry and we found great results have

to do in Split testing so why am I different a lot of other funnel designers are just going to focus on fancy oh I can take a template and customize it great we bu we're growth Partners in that sense that we build the funnel optimize it for you so you have a high converting funnel and we can test what's working and we know what to test because that's what we do and now it's an easier sell as well the best way to reach out to people is no risk and no brainer right so instead of

saying hey I saw you recently got a baby how are you like there's a lot of gurus if you will who recommend that you find something on their profile which to me says Okay I want to work with this person so let me find something I can compliment them on so they like me so I can sell them doesn't seem very genuine to me and I don't know if it's cuz I'm from Finland but we're straight Shooters so I would rather have someone message me say I love your YouTube stuff here's a thumbnail that I

did for you what do you think about it and some people do and I respond to those people because there's no risk no I don't have to do anything they just went to my YouTube and did the thumbnail and sent it to me it's when they say hey I love your YouTube I can do thumbnail design do you have time for a 50-minute call I get those every day I don't do calls with those people so rather ask yourself how can I be of service to them without Tak in any time any Focus so when

they see the message I stand out from all those 15 minute people right and so one way to do that is to say hey I noticed that you have this I noticed that you have a mastermind I noticed that because they have a link in their profile so do a little bit of research I noticed that you have this and I love working with people like you I was wondering if you're interested in this so it could be I have a free funnel template that you can download or I have I have a list of

funnel templates that I've built that if you want you can just give to your community your your Mastermind members or I have a free training or I have a video that I recorded about your uh Mastermind funnel that I think would in increase the conversions let me know if you want me to send it over and then depending on when you're watching this look at the industry the market and see what's already out there because once something start working there's like this happens it starts working really well people talk about it and then when everyone

is doing it people start seeing it too often and now it doesn't feel as genuine as anymore and so it stops working as well that's why back in the day years ago the best thing you could do was post designs in funnel groups and comments would be like amazing can I can you DM me prices can you DM me portfolio and people start doing like less good and then less good and people started see more designs but everything just blend in and it's like okay how do I know if this is good is this even

a live fun and concerns concerns limiting beliefs about the same thing so when you reach out to people it's just like that if 10 people say oh I have a few tips on how to increase conversions it doesn't have the same power as I built you a brand guide a new mood board I built you a landing page redesign and doesn't have to be the full page let's do the first like above the fold section and the next one and then screenshot it send it to I built this for you is it okay if I

send over the rest of this you can take a look and see if this is something you'd want implemented in your brand right if it's within 3 to 5 Seconds they can take a look at it they understand it and they go is this worth my time and attention and if it is it was like wow this is good wait you did this without me having to ask you for it boom and do those find a way where you can like inigma you just build one frame and then you copy it over and you do

it for 10 of the biggest people that you want to work with just redesign that one section above the fold with a few iterations and then maybe you send even two over to that person so if I let's say I wanted to work with Patrick P David I could take a look at what he has coming up maybe a book launch I could do a book funnel I do a few sections I send it over I look at you know social media and Google who's on his team I try to message a few of them

and get this as close to him as possible some he not the person but it's their team and so the more you network and get your way in there with value it's not going to be perfect every time especially when you're starting out so many people are like I want to start doing Outreach but I don't know the perfect script it's like you're looking for the perfect thing without having done one so if you want to get good at boxing you don't you're not like wait let me take a course on boxing to get that

first knockout you go in the ring and you practice for years to get that you know perfect jab and everything it's the same thing in business and the best way you can create something that's original is you start doing Mass Outreach and then you iterate and optimize as you go along and start seeing what's working the only thing and here's a warning the only thing when you do Mass Market it's not that you don't care about them anymore and you say oh it's a numbers game I'm just going to pitch hey I build funnels you

interested and then do that to everybody because then you know you're not providing any sort of value whatsoever it's okay to be direct but do in a way where if thousand people see it not a lot of those would be upset uh upset with you a lot of people would appreciate you reaching up oh here's a good one for design skills um the good thing about funnel design is that is a visual so you can screenshot stuff you can go to funnel vaults you can Google you can go to Pinterest Awards dribble Landing ninja Landing

folio and all these platforms and just type in your industry the one you want to go after and then you screenshot them you open a figma board figma is free you drag them all in in there you use one of my funnel templates okay I want to create a course funnel for female photographers I'll I'll go and find a photography course a female homepage and I'll combine the two and I'll I'll just first try to model what they've already built oh this the background huh okay I need this effects texture this color let me go

on free pick or png3 or Google and type in that background and PNG and find that that section that image and graphic boom drag it into figma okay they have this person she's smiling holding a camera let me go to pexels or pixabay and I go and find that person with a camera smiling and I go to clipping magic or inigma remove the background and I add it on top of the background okay what's the font here I download a Google Chrome extension to get the font and I hover over the font and then in

figma I go and attest the font okay the font size is about this is taking up three lines not four or five not one okay perfect this color fits with this let me use the Color Picker from her make it a little bit dark it fits on the background you see what I'm doing I'm assembling the page just like with copywriting like okay what's the problem that they have what's a promise that I'm trying to help them with and what's my mechanism to get there social proof I assemble social proof to back up a claim

just like that in the sign you just assemble things what's the color let me test this once I have one of them in fig where you just go the frame copy paste boom it duplicates it and so you keep that one you you iterate on this let me test test another uh maybe we do instead of light background we do a darker background let me change the color with this color pette and play around so now you have 5 10 iterations and you're like you're starting to get closer to the finished product and that way

it's not like you're editing just one and then if you're not happy with it at the end you would have to go back and start over instead you have the ations actually I like it more when it was cleaner like that one let's go back and so you practice by recreating other modeling other successful projects at first using templates and then as you get more and more used to it you'll start being more creative because creativity is subconscious you can't say today I'm going to be more creative all I have to do is just focus

harder that's like when your old soccer coach said you just have to focus harder it's like duh thank thank you coach you're such a g and it's the same thing with with the design great analogy by the way and so it comes by you doing more of it is what I'm saying so how do you transition from solo to to agency with systems and team this could be one of your most exciting times in your business cuz now you worked so hard to build your portfolio the lead generation you've done everything you have 10 different

hats that you're wearing at once and you're like okay now I'm doing the salesperson hat and then I'm onboarding I'm starting the copyrighting hat and then I'm using the design hat so how do you transition you double download lead generation which may sound counterintuitive because like well I need systems I need team training I need this this and that well sure but with all of that you want to get people who are excited to join you and then keep the lead generation the sales coming in so you have more clients so that they have stuff

to do right so that now you can say okay here's the client brief moving on to the next stage and you look at it as an assembly line and you have the funnel strategy people are onboarding you start with uh copyrighting and branding Design Tech auto Integrations and automations and everything so I'm like okay do I want to hire one person who takes all the hats and do everything or do I want to get one person per role the reason why you want to get one person per role is because if something happens let's say

they start their own funnel agency they go off for whatever they start doing something else you now just replace that one role instead of replacing the entire business again and starting over and training one person to H handle everything and manage everything and so you don't have to look for the most expensive copywriter cuz they're going to charge you say more or more than what you're charging for the entire funnel bill out so instead you say okay I'm charging 3.5k now I'm transitioning I need to charge more because I'm paying these people right and you

want to keep 50% profit margins since instead of charging 3500 you now say well guess what we're going to offer more value we're going to include conversion optimization we're going to include photo design copyrighting going to include funnel strategy going to be working with your handson and I have a team we charge 6,000 if you're going from 2500 and you're adding like one copywriter you can go to 5,000 but if you have like all of these people so there's a few things to keep in mind are you Outsourcing everything or you just Outsourcing one part

A lot of people transition slowly you add one person to the team who do copy now you can still do the desde you add a designer and now you can still do copy you add copy and design but you do a little bit of upfront and then when that's done you tie it all together now you just look at okay I'm paying 1,500 or 1,000 per person here and that's let's say it's 1,000 plus500 for Des signing copy and then you close the deal if you do 4,000 how much do you keep 1,500 if you

do 5,000 you keep 2500 you transition by just focus on getting more clients and then you negotiate with those people that you bring in and the biggest part is you do a paid test with them not a free test to be like hey I'm cheap you have to earn working with no don't have any ego just be like in order for you to work with us long term we got to make sure the clients are happy right that's the key to everything thing so you're going to do a a paid test see if the quality

is good with the risk that sometimes you'll pay people up front the quality isn't there the client has already paid you so now you jump in to fix it that's part of it so part of transitioning is more work to bring more clients in to manage more people train them and then you want to have here's the key to everything you want to have two funnels one with the portfolio to get people in become clients and one funnel when team member comes in to be added to slack to have if you do team meetings every

week if you have a training portal where they go through the funnel to learn your systems the more they get on board and understand how you build funnels the better quality is going to be when they build stuff for your client you never want it to be outsourced in a way where it's completely wh labeled that you get paid you know you pay someone else to do it you get the funnel back you send it to them to me that's not building a funnel agency it's just white labeling someone this work you want to build

system process in a team of a players become that person first that people want to work with and then be a part be involved in it and then from those different roles when you have enough people you ascend to be the CEO and have someone else be the CEO and the project manager and this is where most people struggle is because now you're completely out of the creative you're no longer the funnel Builder you're not even the fun consultant you're the person by the expert about something and then you have people that's like coo product

manager designer copywriter uh tech people and everything and the funnel agency runs Without You Talent is very important because you could hire two people that are semi good and you could pay the same as one really good one you're still not going to get the quality as the one that's really good so it's better to pay more for fewer people that are really good to not just keep the same standard and quality you already have but better so if I really good at designing branding copy and clients love my work imagine if I bring in

one graphic designer that is really good at the specific Graphics that communicate one thing modern Graphics that look great and I teach that person how to align with the copy so hey Mr Designer if we doing the graphics around here I want you to model what we've done here so we have a vault we have a portfolio or we have designs from dribble or Pinterest that are whatever that we can show him we're like here's what I want you to build out but for this brand obviously using our own images so how do you find

those people you find them by posting in the right communities where those people hang out so look at education for those type of people really good people usually also educate they're active in in communities and they're also trying to get their own clients so you go into other Facebook groups other communities and you you post that you're looking for the best of the best you also want to be positioned in a way where they believe you they trust you that they look at your profile your portfolio like this is a place that I would want

to be a part of right and there's a saying that the P the best people already have a job already have a position already have a business they already do in work so you have to go and find those people and then you want to get instead of like getting one or two people that you either interview or ask for portfolio prices you want to find 10 of them the reason why you want to find 10 is because you find 10 you narrow it down by nature one or two of those people are going to

be perfect fit quality wise and also price wise and here's the boring answer that a lot of people don't want to hear if you want to attract those people coming to you instead of going and finding them you want to attract them to you then work on yourself work to become the best person that they want to surround themselves with become the person they want to be around and then they'll come and be like hey I would love to work with you and some they'll give you better prices just to get a foot in the

door because maybe they want to leverage your name as well now they want to say I work with this person we work with the best funnel agency in this space but in order to do it you have to become a person that they do want to work with so how do you retain them you retain them by paying them good by providing them consistent work and by also looking at what's important for you is it maybe the freedom to to travel and just deliver the project in time but not having daily meetings so I don't

do daily meetings some agencies do but they have a lot of flexibility when they work with me it's more like here's the deadline here's when we need it here's what we're looking for how much is it right and so it's all about how you run how you run the operations there but biggest part is build a business that they that they want to be a part of and that's usually a growing business that's working B with a big clients last thing I'll say is you can also find really good designers that are kind of hidden

even on Instagram if you find designers they're really good at like I'm right now I'm hiring someone for custom illustrations it need to be a specific style so I find these on dribble that um they're icon to Instagram I can message them on Instagram I can go on Twitter and you can type in landing page designer graphic designer and then you can just teach them what we're looking for specifically in a funnel and then I have tried a few other things like unlimited design agencies tricky but you could find good work the key there is

is finding someone who's good at one thing getting them to fit it into your machine the way that you build funnels and um it'll be a learning curve for them but if they're really good at what they do and they understand what you want the quality is going to be exceptional yeah replacing your job can be very risky or feel very like a big jump and it's like very it's not comfortable at all and that's because you have the safety you have the comfort of getting your income from a job and you also might feel

like you don't have a lot of time outside of that or I remember one of my friends who wanted to build funnels he got home from his job he didn't have the mental energy so I'm like okay you want to build a business when do you have more energy if you're working Monday to Friday maybe you only get in one hour per day so maximize it now sleep is even more important not watching Netflix or the game or the latest drama or YouTube video but positioning your body and mind in a way where even after

your job or maybe before maybe you're more creative before your UH work so you have 1 hour there to focus on building a portfolio sharpening the axe your skills doing lead generation getting that one post out there every day and then you go to work and then maybe you have an hour in the evening one of the best times for me is either early morning or late nights after I spend time with uh family and everything and put kids to sleep I have that Focus so right so if you have a job you got to

find where is it is it before or after and it's so sometimes I have to put myself in a position where someone else is used to for 10 years going to sleep at the same time with their family or you know if they live alone they're like at this time I watch a movie and then I go to sleep and then I have a burger and it's like these habits that you're used to you have to deprogram a life and habits that isn't serving you anymore and say not what have I done but what could

I do what should I do in order to maximize the output so if you don't have time before then find time afterwards if you have a family of kids okay spend time with a prioritize them but then stay up from 900 p.m. when they go to sleep to 12: you can spend 3 hours now being Ultra productive and at least if you're you know tired and everything at least be as productive as possible on the key things that move the business forward which is posting content reaching out to people building your skills and your portfolio

and talking to clients and then you have your entire Saturday and Sunday to me personally I've tried the 7day work week it was too much almost burnt out I didn't have any relationships at least any they weren't good so I like having Sunday off and um half the Saturday or if I work inside instead of in my office I just work you know in the couch with the family and they feel more presents so find a way to make it work to still be productive the key is doing more in a week than most people

do in a month and that can be hard if you have a job but if you find those Focus zones where you have your headset on you don't talk to people you just get work done something you can get in a few hours but let's say you wake up 6:00 a.m. on a Saturday when when it's h lunch at 12 you already have 6 hours of deep work 6 * 52 now you have what 300 hours per year that is focus deep focus is creative work that moves the business forward maybe you want to do

meetings with clients on in the evenings or on on Saturdays or Sundays find a way to make that work as well and then the key here to answer your question how do you transition you build up enough cash so you have a pocket you have a a bucket of money for at least three months so let's say you want to quit your job you have at least 3 to 6 months that you could survive without getting any new money coming in and then you also want to have consistent clients at least like one per week

or one every two weeks or one per month that is at least the the same so imagine you have 3,000 per month in in your job you have a business now that generates 3,000 and you have 3 to 6 months now you say look I'm going to go all in because imagine what I can do with 247 just metime just the business no no no job if I was able to build that with a job so now you can double what you've already done what most people do though and here's the warning is because I

have all this time there's no urgency anymore oh I don't have a job I have some money it's like Comfort Creeps in and then you end up listening to podcast watching Joe Rogan you know scrolling on Twitter and you only get stuff done when when you're tight in a deadline and so instead wake up do the most important work first and then you can watch the podcast and YouTube videos late night after everything you've done that's how you transition okay so I've been surprised sometimes when I get clients who say I've been following your work

for for years you I've been watching your stuff didn't make sense then but now I want to hire you to build my my funnel I'm like interesting cuz some people you know you friend request them or they friend request you or they see you somewhere or they watch a YouTube video or see you in a Facebook group or whatever it is or they heard someone say that hey you should talk to this person from going to be a stranger to hiring you could happen the same day I've had some people reach out I talk to

them in 12 minutes I've sent the invoice over they paid it in 12 minutes but most of the time is because they've seen me for months they're like okay I love your content I love who are as a person what you post what you stand for the way you communicate his authority is confident I love your portfolio your profile boom let's let's have a call or and I close the the deal in in DMS so then I say what's the Habit to get more of those people reaching out I I I post content just like

I put on clothes every day it's not at all I have to post content now I'm a business owner marketing is the fuel to all of my funnels content is what gets people to even see me so I post content every single day and then if I need more clients I'll reach out to people every single day but if you have leads coming in in Bound there are higher quality because they come to you they need you then you don't have to do Outreach so ask yourself how can I become the person and have the

portfol the scale so that people want to reach out to me I need to every day focus on becoming better at building funnels so that's practice practice practice and then post and publish and promote your skills so people see what you're good at then reaching out to people and and the other habits is to support those so lead generation client conversation and then client delivery slf funnel building skills to deliver When I close deals and then everything else like hygiene exercise sleep diet is just the fuel to become better at communicating posting content being more

creative talking to clients so when you have a call with them it's not like you're there sleeping you're actually alert and you know what to say and it comes automatically and you'll close more deals that's the Habit oh and by the way if you're a funnel agency owner and you have other people doing you have an appointment CER you have this person closing for you then obviously you shift from doing everything yourself to okay hey what do you need help with and being proactively also smart with what's coming up let's plan ahead Let's help my

people so when they need this thing I have a training for them now you're planning build stuff that supports the process and ecosystem and systems within your business so now it's a little bit different but still you want to keep that daily flow of like how do you get your clients do more of that to then support the machine machine that builds it because because without leads and without clients there's no system that builds funnels either recurring revenue is beautiful because every month instead of starting from zero you're like I got to make 5K I'm

got to make 10K let's say you have a payroll of recurring uh expenses which I don't recommend I recommend Project based but let's say you do have uh some expenses are like software things like that maybe an office lease and as you do have expenses all the time but if you're having to start over it can be a little bit stressful cuz like okay now I got to do Legion to get this and then you get a client then you stop doing Legion that got you the client so then you build the funnel for a

week and then you start overdoing Leen and it's like this hamster wheel instead uh you can do a couple things I like to have every client that I get I always try to sell them more funnel build outs so if it's the first one is a homepage I might sell them two more funnels and then if it's more than 5 7.5k then we can do a 50% up front 50% after delivery so now I've already secured 3K 3.5k 5K from one client the next month and that's just one then because I'm posting about this stuff

we're using softwares I'm also building up affiliate income and I'm not an affiliate marketer but for years now my affiliate income from just recommending what I already use remember how I said you know this the templates that you recommend the softwares the courses you recommend just talk about them here and there uh for years now that's been more income than our house right our mortgage and our rent for offices and things like that car payments and so you have the basics covered already by just talking about and being loud about what you use how crazy

is that and then when you talk about Services there's a couple things that client need all the time they need optimization management of funnels they need new funnels and then they need things like like emails being sent off to their email list obviously there's uh video editing and and ads and traffic and things of that nature so you want to look at what you're good at if that's something you want to offer to them as well you could I know a guy who does Instagram and funnels so the funnel is Instagram ads DM reaches a

vssl in the funnel that sells them and um it's a great unique offer I also know people who sell funnel bills and then weekly emails you get five emails per week and I can charge Rec curring for that I also know people and this is what we do as well we focus mostly on new funnels redesigns of current funnels optimization of all the funnels and then we charge up front and we charge a monthly fee for optimization the one that I love the most is software right so we we already have hundreds of users in

our software it's white label with high level you can use any software you want that offers white label and then your clients also start using it and then some sometimes you got when you're building your brand your portfolio and your community some people hire you to do the funnel for them some people just want to use another software you recommend you get a filla income and then you can have a wh label SAS as the foundation where people sign up either as a client plus the software because they need it they want to move from

something else that isn't as good or they just see that oh you offer an all-in-one platform that's perfect for me so now they move over they set up their business now it's sticky and you get $90 7 297 a month for every person now you're building passive income and monthly recuring Revenue with couple things affiliate Services payment plans software and then you have these like little products and templates and things that you build out on the front end as well and then you have 5K 10K 15K passive income and right now I'm happy to say

I could just stop my funnel agency even coaching anything that requires my time uh even YouTube or posting and I would still have recurring Revenue coming in to feed my family to take care of them for as long as the income keeps coming in because I've chosen offers and service I promote and products that I promote that have that monthly payout like softwares for example it's sticky someone builds the business then I can cancel easily so because of that I get six figures passively coming in to my bank account every year I say this and

I want to be careful with uh just limiting you you but I would recommend that you pick one industry so that you can say oh you're a culture you're an expert you're personal brand perfect that's exactly we work with rather than just having funnels out there and having people like do you also work with this industry and not knowing on the other hand if you say we build vsl funnels for female fitness coaches who help men lose weight from home it's like that's your batter your cover photo someone else who's a gym owner is like

that doesn't fit into your very Niche specific offer anymore and so you lose out on a lot of clients that you that could be working with so I like to have one industry not as broad as everyone and not as niche as course creators in real estate you know it's it's like personal Brands and expert so I can understand the one two three funel type if you only have one funnel type you can't really upsell them can you like oh we only do webinar funnels okay well I probably just need one webinar instead I like

to work with one person go deep right one funnel type to everybody sure if you do challenge funnels and it's like huge projects 25k and you can do it to pretty much any business because you have one funnel type you can do that but I would rather work with a business where I can understand okay here's if you don't have a low ticket offer you want to scale your back end let's install that on the front and launch the funnel to recoup the ad spend and do the back end if you don't have the back

end and you're trying to figure out how to become profitable with your ad spend on the low ticket on the front end let's launch the back end to recoup and maximize the profits and then if you don't have an automated course Fone let's launch that as well so now I have umbrella homepage front end mid ticket and backend and now I can build that out for them and I can charge for four funnels instead of just one that's how I like to do it all right if you're ready I have a one final training on

mindset for you because sometimes it's hard and you w feel like giving up and you may meet you know encounter challenges and frustration failures mistakes and you may feel like man this is even worth it so I want to talk to you not about just long-term versus short for shortterm mindset but I want to talk to you about the compound interest of building funnels and actual like I call this like the Tipping Point because it's like a mountain again like once you get to the top The Tipping Point happens and it just like it snowballs

effects and compounds and everything becomes easier so we're going to end this with a M chat training um hopefully you've been enjoying this course I loved having you here and I actually feel like we're hanging out together as a community all of us together and you and I we know that this is um everything you need to get started and this is going to be worth it even though you might feel a little bit overwhelmed and that's totally cool that's tot totally normal so now let's watch the mindset training and then you're done with the

course so congratulations let's di in let's finish TR I think this is one of the most important videos that you'll watch in this program and I truly believe that and for a couple of reasons now I'll share my screen and we'll go over the short presentation that I put together one of the reasons why I believe this is because in life sometimes we know what to do but we still don't do it and I think there's a couple of reasons for that I'm also going to share with you an analogy crypto versus business how the

two go hand inand and when you apply these principles to your life to your business you're going to create assets that will serve you for the rest of your life and you have this currency of client projects which you'll see here in a second so the title for this presentation is how to get over fear stress overwhelm comparison with others to reach the top 1% and this the emotional roller coaster if we know what to do then why aren't we doing it so like if we know how to build the funus why not we doing

it if we know how to create content like why are we not doing it and it's the same thing as you'll see in Fitness in finances education you know like eat more healthier less calories than you spend finances like make more than you spend spend less than you have save invest multiply education like invest in yourself like read the books like why are we not doing it and so sometimes it's easy to see a concept and and still not do it what's easy to do is also easy not to do like attract close and build

it's easy on paper but how do you actually do it and also I believe like one of the reasons we don't act is like what if I spend all of this time investing into building funnels posting content like trying to build my personal brand and then it doesn't work out like I've done this all for nothing and so we're going to use Bitcoin as an example you can see from 2017 up to 2021 alltime high at um November 5th you know at the time of me recording this went from 145 to 68,5 21 so in

a few years now why is this important why am I sharing this with you well a couple of things number one is like how the biggest gains are made and then we'll tie back to business this is a method called dollar cost average in you probably heard it if you're into crypto it means just every single month you invest something or every week or whatever it is like you invest the same thing consistently no matter how the market is going like up or down again you'll see why I keep comparing this to business in a

second but you can see here you know different price points like it doesn't matter your dollar cost average you do the same thing because of a belief that you have that this is going to be worth it long term so let's say you know in total you have four Bitcoins you bought four different times average price was 7,000 per Bitcoin you now own four of those Bitcoins you paid a total of 7,000 per Bitcoin so 28,000 price goes up and down uh by November 5th 2021 it was 68,000 which means a total of 274,000 84

now so what you paid what 28,000 you have $ 274,000 so the most common mistake that people do though is they base their emotions their decisions based on emotions right so like when the price goes up they full more buy into to it like fear missing out right they don't want to miss out so they buy into it and they're like man I can't you know I can't miss this and then they goes down they Panic sell and they're like man I spent money that I probably shouldn't have spent on this let's sell it now

while I still have you know some money left and then they buy back in when it start going up and it goes down it's like Panic sell like trying to time the market foral buy back in and then you know you panic sell to save some of that money with a small loss only okay so total investment you start with one Bitcoin 20K you panic sell at loss for 8K you buy back in at 12 you now have uh 0.66 Bitcoin you panic sell at 7K you now have $4,600 you form back in at 42k

CU you're like man this is going parabolic you form back uh you know have one 0.11 Bitcoin you panic sell at 40K so you're left with 4,400 instead of 270 like that's the difference in this example now what this has to do with with business you take a look at the long you know chart here uh you can see most of the time it was you know kind of like in the same area and then boom you know things took off this is the Compound Effect um so you know even if in in that range

you look at this market right here it's still up and down but that was The Compound Effect where you start started seeing the biggest returns like those you know 2021 and that's why I call this the emotional roller coaster because of the ups and downs and so here's a tool that you can use that I've used and is Serv me uh served me greatly in my business you know here's where you start your business here's where you you feel excited you're like let's do this I'm excited to build funnels get paid and um live my

my dream life and here's the goal right so you're trying to make this work you build your first concept funnel so like you got to have some funnels to show to clients like at least one example like here's what I can do and so it sucks a little bit because you're not getting paid for it right and then you start posting it people love your content you're like yeah this is this is great awesome um and then at least they did like my content cuz now the engagement is down so you're like what's wrong with

me like am I doing something wrong then it goes up the first free project and so you're like great this is uh awesome we're moving a little bit closer to the goal then they goes you so they're like okay great like not even a free client like you're going to goost me even if it's free and it sucks so like you're almost back to zero but then you get another one and this is a great one cuz now they want to hire you for real like yeah you did the first one for free but this

person end up paying you for your first project this is what I did as well when I built a phun for free and then later they wanted to hire me for the next one and from there the snowball took off and I you know they started referring clients to me and so now I was getting clients myself and other clients were getting me clients this the power of staying consistent then it goes down cuz you're like man I spent 10 hours on this funnel like I feel overwhelmed it's an advanced one it's a new one

so you're learning a new industry a new funnel type so it's a little bit overwhelmed and then it goes down because you got to create another concept funnel so you're like well I just got paid now I got to do one for free again like that sucks so it goes down a little bit but then you get your first 1K project and you're like okay I got my first 1K project now and it changes your beliefs about certain things like when I got my first 1K client I saw the opportunity I was like if I

can do this once I can do this a 100 times and I'm going to make make way more than I'm making in a job where I was making 400 a month uh or a th000 a month or 1,500 a month so things start taking off you get another 1K project because uh you're getting some momentum now like all of this work up front is starting to pay off and then it goes down a little bit more because you're like I shouldn't work for free like you get you get a week where you don't have any

clients so you start feeling like okay I I am I have to create a free concept funnel now like I have to produce content for free me who just had a couple of clients like I shouldn't be have you know shouldn't have to do this and then you get your $1,500 client and you're like okay it's it's actually working like let's let's do this but then you have a massive dip and and you have your questioning things and you're like maybe even mad you're frustrated like I deserve better clients I shouldn't have to post content

and help people for free like I shouldn't have to maybe redesign someone like give a funnel audit or or create a concept funnel or redesign another person's funnel to get more experience and like I shouldn't have to do things to learn like I've had so many already right but then when you do that you get even more leads because you just power through and boom you get two funnels and they pay you way more than any of these other uh projects and so first there a lot of free work look at all of these like

free concept funnel first free project another concept fun like I shouldn't work for free right then you get your first $500 client and it changes things cuz now it's real they want to hire you now okay maybe it's not that much but it's a step in the the right direction and you can leverage it and slowly increase your price so then $1,000 you know thand here th there then, 1500 there and you stay consistent and finally you get a 5k project two funnels you know it's a personal brand or e-commerce brand or whatever it is

like they want two different funnels you sell it as a package is 5K maybe even some of these who paid you 500 1K they see your value now and you have some more examples some more experience to show them and so you can charge Char 5,000 and you feel confident because you've actually done this now a couple of times you've built all of these funnels and you've basically hustled your way in the first couple of weeks so why is it that people still struggle though right I believe that most people struggle with this because of

the inner chatter the inner beliefs they have of like the ups and downs that's the emotional roller coaster so how do you deal with it how do you deal with the emotions here's my trick is like I believe that everything in life has ups and down it has like if you get a client and you think that you're untouchable then you start lacking and it has a drawback like the drawback is not focusing not doing your best not pushing yourself not growing and not delivering 110% to the client and so you know the second order

consquence consequence is like having a client that is not referring you to someone else and so like everything has a neutral balance to it everything that's like negative you feel like it's negative like man this client goes said me maybe you got upset and so you worked even harder you learned even more and now you have the next 10 projects are amazing because well maybe even the next years of your life is amazing because you got frustrated from this one thing where someone hurts you or someone did whatever like someone ghosted you maybe the client

agreed that they're going to pay you 5K they're going to pay you 2K up front 3K when delivered or 2 and a half whatever it is like it feels frustrating but then because of that event that happen happening that thing in your life something else amazing happened like maybe someone left you in your life some PE new people entered like everything has ups and down so what if everything in life the emotional roller coaster is just blah blah blah what if you change it so if you look at this you choose how to react CU

at the end of the day like you have day one and day 90 and so no matter how you felt time still passes it doesn't care about your feelings so if you look at this one again it shows a little bit more visually like one and then day 90 most people they have this funnel one here funnel two here funnel three here because of all the chatter all the noise in your life like all the drama you know toxic energy people telling you you can't do this whatever it is right but when someone reaches out

to you they don't care about your inner voices personal challenges like they ask you like hey can I see your portfolio would love to hire someone for this funnel for this project we have a budget of 10K for these funnels and like some of you know sometimes the the price is revealed later obviously but still like they are looking for someone and now you have to be ready I use this as an example because I used to play soccer like Semi-Pro I got paid to play football or soccer and um you know when we had

trials or triy outs I would travel to Sweden I was traveling to different a couple different places and I had to be ready during offseason even though nobody was looking for me I had I had to be ready to show up at my best when the time was right and so someone comes to you you can either have this three funnels okay so you're like yeah you know I have these three funnels and you're like you're not really that confident because you knew you know you could have done more or if you change what you

hear you can have this so like look at all of these funnels and now they're assets they are case studies they're examples they're your experience of like going in and playing the game like getting into the page builder like setting the pages up designing pushing your creative boundaries and your dollar cost average just like I used the example of Bitcoin you don't worry about ups and downs in your life you make sure at the end of the day you get the stuff done at the end of the week you have the the tasks the funnels

built the content posted and that's what you do no matter what you know life throws at you so uh when people come to you and they say hey can I see your portfolio this is the first 90 days then this is the next 90 days then this is a year from now people say we're looking for the best of the best we're happy to pay premium this is what I build they compare you to the person who has three funnels you stand out you can talk you know you can recommend what funnel they should have

you can understand when they say the upsell page isn't converting can you take a look at it you know how to set it up if if they say something's broken with the order form you know what to do because You' built these whether it is for free clients or paid clients now as you continue to build funnel and you put yourself out there you grow your audience you reach more people it's it's inevitable like success is inevitable because you keep becoming better by actually doing no matter the inner chatter the inner voices the noise so

year one you have these funnels right create predictability and safety by actually having a lot of assets a lot of funnels in your toolbox year two it it starts compounding right year three look at all of this that's how you bulletproof your income that's how you stand out and that's how you build safety net for yourself for your loved ones for the rest of your life you stacking you're stacking those skills um and you keep them forever so first year maybe you make 50k 70k 100K then you can gradually uh increase your profits by increasing

your price next year maybe you make 100K 120 130 150 in year three you have assets for life and you're making 200 to 350k what change right like what change because you're making more well you didn't build more funnels per week you didn't get more busy you just became better you became faster which means your value increased and you're now raising your fees you're working with better clients you have more fun you get a sense of more fulfillment because you see the results the impact that your work is having with these projects so that's the

difference of going from 50k to to 350k is like you are now building assets it's a currency I genuinely feel confident on every single call that I have every single DM conversation that I have because I just know know that I can pull up my portfolio of different funnels it's just it lives with me for the rest of my life and I don't have to put out content of a rented Lambo or you know like trying to fake it till I make it cuz like it doesn't matter doesn't matter if I get on a call

and someone is like if someone is looking for a a funnel like it doesn't matter if I'm you know if I look professional if they ask me like do you have an example that you can show me and by the way if you feel like man I don't have any examples right now so I you know that's you understand like you examples I don't have any examples well what you can do is just let's say they want a book funnel or a course funnel well if you've designed a concept F around the course you just

took one of the course templates and you redesigned it to make it look beautiful you say hey I don't have an example in that industry but I have this one and the conversion principles are the same because they're both course funnels and so you go into Pinterest and you type in course funnel or landing page and you see okay I like this theme for this person hey because you're in the fitness industry I think we should model this type of design and we could create this for you and now you you've shown one example of

a similar not the exact same similar funnel and an example we can do for them even if it's not yours you say this is what we can model to build yours and you can have it live in 7 Days awesome sweet the mor of the story is this think longterm dollar cost average just like you would in a investing strategy do the same in the business and you build assets for Life bright tra says the ability to discipline yourself to delay gratification in the short term in order to enjoy greater rewards in the long term

is the in indispensable prerequisite for success and it's so true it's so true because everything gets easier because of the skills you have because of the portfolio that you build because of everything you're doing and so hopefully this helps hopefully this shows you the path forward the path from maybe feeling a little bit overwhelmed to is this going to work like the ups and downs am am I broken am I doing no everyone goes through these ups and downs so with that said hopefully you like this video if you have any questions Post in the

Facebook group and I'll see you in the next one all right so this is the four stage funnel Builder Journey or funnel agency Journey because when you're starting out you're not going to offer everything a lot of people ask where do I even start what should I sell when I'm starting out and so there's four stages that you'll go through and it's the the Natural Evolution as you stack more skills on top of what you're already doing what you're learning which is typically in the beginning more Visual and so we're going to go through this

and uh make you go from a low-paying funnel designer to a high-paying highly respected go to funnel consultant the person that people come to for advice and then you prescribe a solution to your clients so going to go through the evolution what that looks like for you the first one is funnel design someone has an ugly fun funnel is not converting or a website they want to build their first uh funnel you come in as a funnel designer to redesign or design the first one and at this stage a lot of times you're not going

to write the copy they either have one already they have a a funnel day redesign or they have a a homepage you take the copy from and you create the graphics you do the the rebranding and you build the visual funnel and a lot of people can charge 5 10,000 for this when they're really good at it I've done it myself as well I know people who are just really good funnel designers and you get paid to build funnel design but someone else does the copy a lot of times you'll ask the client to send

the copy before you can start designing the funnel and so this is really where you go from zero to your first 1,000 2,000 5,000 even 15K I mean if you do 10K per project you do two of those per month you're going to make 20K but in general like this is where you get to 10K per month why FAL design then well funnel design is super easy and simple to learn for anyone I don't care if you're a designer if you have the design eye I didn't eat when I started but because it's visual because

you can assemble it by just studying and doing research you can start by modeling something else to get to practice and now you start seeing patterns and then it becomes fun and now you'll become more creative because it's fun and it's something you actually put a lot of attention into it also gets you the cash flow as soon as possible so instead of having to learn 10 different skills and 10 different funnel types you can just get good at funnel redesign and you can make something that existing business owners already have make it look better

and get uh paid for you can charge up front visual easy to sell already mentioned that so when you're doing lead generation in content you can publish what you're doing and instant people see okay this is what you're able to do this is kind of how much I imagine this would cost and you negotiate a price that they're happy to pay it's super easy to find inspiration whereas let's say you're doing copywriting it's more it's harder to know if the copy is converting it's harder to know okay is this a brand new startup or this

an industry Legend a Titan of the industry that I can go to and I know that the copy is really good so it's easy to find inspiration and because we have proven Frameworks and templates you can download you don't have to create anything from scratch so you're a funnel designer but you just customizing and when I say customize don't get me wrong you're not changing an image keeping the same colors and text like you're still customizing customizing to the point where people wouldn't know it's a template because you built a unique design and then conversion

design itself which means you're just using the principles and triggers with the copy to make people trust the brand and then want to buy because you increase the perceived value of what they're offering with your design it's a very unique skill as well rather than just fancy design so how to get your first client here's what you want to do you want to download the portfolio template that we have create your portfolio page build a concept funnel first upload to the portfolio offer first one for free so promote it to your audience and then get

a testimonial for a free redesign or design for a client and promote that to get your first one that is paid right so you start from zero you build your portfolio concept fance you find it inspiration use template customize it post it promote it offer for free if you get 10 people you say sorry I can only take two people for free but I can give you a discount instead of a th000 I'll do it for just 500 bucks because I'm building my case studies boom you get your first paid one as well you want

to avoid doing too much marketing promotion and lead generation without a portfolio you don't want to work with everyone so you want to qualify them like okay do you actually have a business rather than just oh I want this thing I'm thinking about on ing AB bus in the future kind of a red flag and more headache than just working with existing business owners don't promise the world if you're doing funnel design don't promise don't make your USP your promise as a funnel Builder funnel designer that I help coaches scale to 100K like I've seen

some people do that when they make 1K and it's kind it's not genuine instead just promise a high converting beautiful professional funnel design and then don't offer ads so they become reliant on you right so it kind of goes hand in hand with don't promise don't overpromise under deliver instead just keep you know stick to what you're good at what you're going to offer them and then don't don't do cold calling cold emailing and all of that just focus on finding people and get people to find you within the communities with that you know your

clients already hanging out number two then funnel Builder become a full stack funnel Builder to launch all of their funnels this is really where you're stacking on okay I want to get really good at offer I want to understand funnel strategy why when someone comes to me would they need this funnel type what about this one oh traffic temperature if it's cold audience versus warm if it's low ticket versus high ticket how do I find the perfect funnel type and the good thing is I wrote a book about this as well that you have included

and so you can read it you can listen to it and it explains that more and we have that in the training modules as well but it helps you become a funnel Builder because you have more skills and now you're the goto now people can hire you full-time in a company where you're the lead funnel Builder they can wh lab you in their agency to Outsource all the funnels to you now you can charge 5K uh 7.5k for a complete funnel rather than just funnel design because the value is higher you can go from 0

to 10K per month 20 30k per month just alone at this point even I've made 30k in a month alone building the funnel myself why now you're ready to increase your worth use skill stacking to become full stack you bundle together so so you do a full funnel build start to finish when they say here's what I want this is kind of what I'm thinking here's the strategy you say great we do all of that for you start to finish you don't have to lift the finger very easy convenient offer for them so you'll become

their goto for everything funnels and conversions and managing and optimizing so they're going to keep paying you for more value that you keep providing to them and then you use the alakar method of like okay here's everything we can do I think for you it makes sense that we do design copy we do the first funnel first we don't have to think about your entire funnel B your business and all the funnels on one call let's just do one first simple and then they trust you they love your work they pay for the next one

it's easy for them you get sort of recurring Revenue as well do what you do best Outsource the rest and uh here's how the transition you learn the rest of the skills you practice it you go through the course and then you build even concept funnels if you need to you post all these things more so people can see okay he's talking about copy or design or she's talking about conversion rate or branding things that are important to them study funnel strategy in the program and in the market why is this person doing this using

this phonotype oh probably because the vssl the web the 5day channel builds a lot of trust because they spend a lot of time together position yourself as a strategist so talk about how to pick the right funnels in your content whatever perception you want them to have a you make sure you post it so that they indirectly start thinking of you that way so talk about projects more stories about client came to me this instead of here's how to do this info right instead it's stories that talk about the transformation a client had prescribe custom

Solutions instead of like oh we just do this funnel design talk to people see what they actually need more of and then prescribe custom solutions to their uh needs number three funnel agency scale your business with the team systems to have more freedom so this is where you transition to go in okay I want to have 100K per month business I don't want to do everything myself I want to have more time with my family but I'm okay with still work and put in work I just don't want to burn out I don't want to

have deadlines on a Sunday night um because the client wants something on Monday you know why a funnel agency you scale up your legion client acquisition you automate onboarding and client fulfillment you hire a team of a players better than you at that one specific skill right so if you're good at design but not copy you hire someone who's really good at that one thing and you speed up both the time of delivering but also the quality of what you're delivering networking masterminds to find more highp paying clients build your person or become a thought

leader so you build your community you talk about things you have original thoughts and Frameworks now you develop a system to delivering funnels so people come to you for oh that's unique that's interesting I love that and you become more serious you you're taken more serious when you're a funnel agency rather than just a freelancer funnel designer and then obviously because of that you have more uh freedom in your life so complete your Five Star portfolio is better to have really good quality funnels maybe case studies results testimonials rather than having 100 designs but nothing

else if you want to be a funnel agency nail your high ticket offer so whereas maybe in the past you've charged 1,500 and you've done funnel designing and copy it's kind of like okay I work with everybody I can do things semi good now you want to nail your high ticket offer that includes everything and it's custom to them and it's like super impactful they have the money to pay you they value you and respect you and respect your time and and experience they listen to you they don't try to micromanage and it's high ticket

create consistent lead flow focus on selling train your team keep uh profit margins healthy and offer conversion rate uh optimization as a service right or email marketing to to get that recuring Revenue so don't St doing lead generation ever right even if you're training the team like keep the machine and the flow like get the momentum up there and keep it Comon don't price the same as solo because you're going to have more expenses you're going to be seen as I remember someone once said wait if you charge 5K for an offer for a funnel

I would think something's wrong and it hit me like okay that's true because perception and personal brand needs to also have the right pricing to be seen as premium don't hire for future need don't say hey I'm going to pay you 2K per month to come in and do graphics for me we have a lot of stuff coming soon like don't take the necessary unnecessary expenses without the need for it right now hire Project based close deals bring people in move quickly train them money love speed don't be afraid to evolve just because you've been

comfortable with one thing don't be afraid to evolve and offer conversion or optimization for example don't be afraid to go from design to off for design and copyrighting right you'll learn you'll never be perfect but you'll keep learning and as long as you're focused on getting happy clients and customers you'll figure it out don't work with everyone so just because you're a fun agen you now and you work you offer more services don't work with everyone still have like okay you got to be at you know 10K per month you got to have a six

seven eight figure business whatever your like limit or your filter is stick by it it could just be you have to be an existing business owner we're not launching new offers only we have uh people who have businesses and working with people who um who just want to like improve conversions and maybe launch an additional offer to something that's already working don't get comfortable selling just design go all in on serving and finding out what they need then sell that it leads me to funnel consultant number four so charge High ticket consultant funnels and marketing

this is where people trust you now as a source for advice you become the advisor and and so uh being consult is great position it builds in instant trust because now you talk about strategy you talk about original ideas you talk about things you see in the market you're talking about you're studying and you're talking about a different um way maybe a YouTuber is making his money with this video and this funnel type that nobody's doing you come up with original content and you you're being seen as a funel consultant that can say oh for

you let's just architect and craft this new offer on the front end and if you have that let's do this on the back end and I know a lot of these things can seem complicated if you're just starting out is because you're not at the fourth stage yet so just start at the first one you can sell done with you service to scale with uh leverage so instead of done for you you can also offer Consulting calls oneon-one calls charge 500 to 1,000 for funnel strategy you can do funnel audits this is where you go

from offering free funnel ebook or checklist or funnel template to funnel you know audits where you say hey here's why I think it's not converting as well and here's a few things that I would do to improve it and now you actually have like imagine if you do free videos and offering advice and you're an advisor but you have no portfolio there's a disconnect there add multiple revenue streams soill incom maybe the white label software and funnel templates and service could be just those four create an education aspect to your business you might want to

Launch a paid Workshop 100 bucks is a master class you come in boom if you want me to do it for you happy to do so become public speaker go worldwide bring your brand to the masses and then scale with a YouTube channel that compounds with Evergreen content this a great way of of scaling up your personal brand so add this new one-on-one Consulting offer new me messaging content additional revenue streams digital products or templates social media growth strategies and new skills to always get better and you'll position yourself as an original thought leader so

let let's recap real quick the four stage fun agency Journey first one designer is the visual stuff Builder is all inclusive agency is the growth partner and then consultant is the advisor and you can combine some of these like you're the agency plus the consultant and you also build stuff and you design so it's not like you add layers to the offer to make it more valuable to charge more and build your personal brand hopefully that makes sense if you have any questions on this post in the community I'll see you in the next one

all right so welcome to the funnel Grandmaster Playbook this is a guide that I put together to show you the plan the path ahead the the blueprint to getting to where you want to where you want to go and if you're starting from scratch then you'll start from scratch and set up the foundations if you have the foundations in place then you'll be able to scale using this uh system that I've created and I've used myself to land hundreds of clients and so just going to uh jump straight into it and I'm going to share

my my screen and you'll be able to see the exact game plan here that we've uh We've laid out so first of all welcome to the game this is a game that we're playing if you uh think of business as a game it becomes more fun because as you level up and you charge more you unlock new Badges and you unlock new uh levels and skills they help you charge more and build a business that you're actually proud of so um first thing is just a program curriculum which is it's kind of boring so let's

get into the mission instead so if you're here it's because you want to play bigger and you want to become the best version of yourself and that includes l l as a person as a business owner and as a result your value to the marketpl that's why we created the funnel grandmas game to help you stack new skills become a full stack business owner meaning you learn all the skills not just one of them where you're kind of just you know putting all your eggs in one basket no you have foundations and you have all

the different legs under the table that keeps you steady right multiple revenues streams and everything so these help you become Unstoppable Irreplaceable and undeniable in the marketplace right so if you have a position right now and you learn these skills you're irreplaceable if you're starting a business you're undeniable because you uh stay up to date with what is working right now um and I respect you for showing up and going all in on yourself I really do uh I mean that because most people don't um the rules of the game is simple there's a ro

for you to follow start to finish making it easy to understand understand what you should focus on and what you should do next no matter if you're starting from zero or already have some clients or some results and at every level there's different tasks or side quests that you have to complete and not everyone will be able to become a final Grandmaster um a lot of people give up simply because they can't focus long enough to see the fruits of their labor meaning they're not disciplined they're not putting in the work they're looking for a

magic pill and they don't exist but those who refuse to give up and learn the skills of the game they will reap the rewards and they will have more clients and results than they could ever handle and I know that because I've seen it I've I've been there myself um and I've seen it for other people now we can handle more because I'm I'm an agency owner and we have a team so certificates this is important for those you who want to get certified um learning the skills and becoming a fullsack funnel Builder is valuable

yes but it was it wouldn't be the same without a certification system for a couple reasons number one you wouldn't be able to track that you actually know what you're uh doing and you wouldn't be able to demonstrate it to clients that you're certified and you actually know how to build their funnels and you wouldn't have the skills and confidence knowing that you can build funel for clients so now when you have both you're like I've actually gone through this now I've gone through the program I took the test I'm certified so you set the

foundations for your entire business to be built upon because you didn't skip the ground workor so now you'll be able to take a a test for key topics like funnel strategy offer creation copy op writing funnel design and we're adding more all the time and the best part is the certification tests are 100% automated so they used to be manual and we had to review them and that took a lot of time people had to wait and I thought well how do we do it so that people can just uh take the test and they'll

know instantly if they passed it that's what I would want if I take a test to see man I didn't pass it let me go and study and take it again even if it's 2: a.m. I want to see if I want to pass it cuz I'm competitive like that and I think most people like if you he that's who you are as well you want to see okay I passed it amazing and then boom you download the certificate in fact we have a really cool system where you just add your image it's in Cana

actually where which is where I create these uh slides as well and you just add your image change your name and download it for each of the tests so it's all automated so just watch the program um start to finish you understand my entire process of building funnels and when you feel confident proceed to taking the tests one at a time so you'll see them there uh in uh here in the the course area uh badges so for U the certification there's badges for proving that you know the information but to become a funnel King

go from Pawn to a rook to a knight to a bishop to a queen a king you got to take another test which isn't based on information you might be saying like what do you mean it's not based on information it's based on implementation so what is it that you need in order to get results and what's the reason why you haven't been as successful as you want yet is because of accountability so I built in into the gamification system a way where you just do the work and it's like step by step so you

do this uh download the portfolio template launch your portfolio uh you know create your social media banner and just do it step by step and then you'll be able to just pass the test by submitting the information the link and screens shot and we approve you and now you level up in the tier system um and when you do that get rewarded with certain things uh like for example our our um Grandmaster society which is highest the like secret society for funnel Builders and agency owners like you can only get in there you get like

you have to earn your way in there you can't get in there unless you're a funnel Grandmaster right you can't join even if you paid me 20,000 right now you couldn't get in so the way that you earn that is by doing the work because what would it like how would it help you to get into the highest tiers of people uh in terms of skills um if you don't even have the the foundations it wouldn't serve them like it's kind of like you joining our Inner Circle and we just let everyone in it's like

you opening your doors to strangers and letting them live at your house no you got to protect your energy right and that's why we C cut out toxic toxicity and toxic people and bad energy because we want to protect the culture here for you so when you join the game and you start you're automatically upon the first level which means you can only take one step forward at a time and then you unlock new badges as you progress and level up from funnel Pawn to Rook Knight Bishop queen king master Grand Master and finally Mentor

where you reach back down and you help others where get to where you where you're at as well that's why each of the levels built on top of each other so it's not like one of them is better than the other per se you could argue that you know um funnel building or uh design or copyrighting is better than the other but at the end of the day like you want all of the skills why would you not want all of them even if you're going to Outsource it you at least need to understand it

because otherwise you don't know what you're getting from people that you hire you don't know what you're selling to people that you're selling it to if you have your own offers you don't know what these pieces are and how you're going to use them to launch your funnels right because you need everything you need an offer you need sales copy you need design you need automation you need followup like you need all of it so that's what they build on top of each other and then as a funnel build we like to gamify things even

more right I'm also a competitive person so if I start anything I'm like how can I get to the top level at it right so uh a trophy uh just means that when you get a win we celebrate it together so if you um get a a client that is paying you $500 then that's one type of of client and those are proof of concept and they're funns that help you build your foundations and your first clients are always the most important ones so you then find an image of a chess board or someone in

the Chess World and we like to keep it fun and so you post it in the community we celebrate with you um so those were that's what trophy the trophy clients are and if you get one at 7,000 then you know you have a higher tier client because it's a bigger one bigger payment bigger everything and so now you also have this like this uh that Community behind you that who celebrates you and recognize you for the I mean there's a lot of hard work that you're putting in and you're probably doing it alone so

when you post we celebrate and we see you we see the work you're putting in we celebrate with you uh and to to support you and and helping you build those funnels as well for for your clients so uh when you have your foundations in place and you've dialed in your daily habits and routine you want to aim higher right so we developed a gamification element to this as well uh from bronze silver golden and then you post that in the community like I mentioned um even better if it's someone in the chess industry winning

a trophy like if you find one from from someone in the chess industry who won a tournament and and you post that that's even more fun but um it could be as simple as this just like finding an image on Google and he post it and I call these like from from $0 to 1,000 or $9.99 these are called Grandmaster clients because these projects they get you paid it's like your first clients they they're the the foundation they help you become The Grandmaster CU without these you wouldn't learn the things that you need in order

to have the bigger ones like so it's actually like the opposite what most people think which is I just need High ticket clients no first you need lower ticket so you can have the experience so you can sort of earn your way into it you get paid to learn but you're also not overcharging because now you're like okay I only charged 500 because I'm still learning I'm in the game I don't even have 10 you know clients yet and that's why you're charging less and then increase as you go so um post picture of a

chess board share wins as soon as you get a client so we can celebrate your early wins together every client counts no matter how big or small uh free in exchange for testimonial those work as well every deal matters so if you if you do the method that I teach which is you do the for first one for free you make a post about that and you know in return you just ask for Testimony if they're happy that that is a win because it's your first project your first first client so sweet next one we

have bronze silver and gold so bronze clients are the ones that now you're getting there you're like charging 2,000 1500 1,000 3,000 you know 2700 and these are like you only need like four of these to make a good livein so four at 3,000 would be 12 which is more than six figures a year and I know how much your life can change once you get to your first like 12,000 month cuz I've been there like the moment I signed my our first bronze client uh it was my first $11,000 client and I was so

happy because that proof of concept I knew I could go for silver and gold right but I appreciate the appreciated the go uh the bronze one because he he helped me get to Silver and Gold and he helped me put food on the table he helped me with all the things that the reasons why we're starting this in the first place right so 3,00 7,000 silver clients amazing clients uh typically this where they value you more um you're building their maybe their course funnel and The Mastermind funnel and so now you have two funnels and

you're charging like 4,000 and 4,000 right and so like you're starting to work with with a higher tier clients uh which is why it's like the next is silver because they already have a business they don't need you to save them they need you to accelerate them right they need you to be an extension of them and helping them Implement what they want which is why all of these skills are so valuable you hopefully start seeing that now gold clients 7 to 10,000 plus this could also be rev share if you're doing 5,000 plus 10%

of Revenue like golden clients are bigger and they're more longterm because you're like a growth partner with them now you're not just a funnel Builder right so a lot of times when I refer to funnel building or funnel design or any of these things it's like think of yourself as a consultant to them where you're like you help them identify the funnels that they should launch or build with including the strategy and then you sell the implementation for them them which is what you know makes the offer so good you do everything for them right

and I'm seeing that as a big Trend these days so in the next video we're going to cover the step-by-step blueprint that one is going to help you uh understand the differences between all the the pieces right the levels in the game you know what's the difference between funnel Pawn like what do I learn here and what do I stack on top of that you know with the Knight and Bishop and queen like what are the different uh levels of not just the the but what do I do what do I sell in each of

them and why are they different and how do I get to the next level we'll cover that in the next one so I'll see you in the next video all right you did it you finally went through everything 10 hours of course material and you are the top one percenter I always say it's like it's not about winning the Sprint but the marathon and I always say it's like the goal is really just to get 1% better each day 1% but guess what in the world in this economy that we live in only the top

1% live the ultra lavish sort of L luxury lifestyle only the top 1% get the top 1% of clients right that's true like the best gets the best and so the challenge for you is you're already here and you've already watched all of this and you now have a decision to make do you want to be top 1% or do you want to be the 99% do you want to go all in and really like actually do this and prove to yourself prove others you know they say prove others wrong and prove yourself right that

you could actually do this you were able to do this all along and everyone was doubting you for no reason and it's good to find fuel wherever you have it in your life right now if that's avoiding pain and just escaping poverty great use that as motivation if people are hating on you doubting you use that as fuel and motivation if there's a better life that you dream over that you want to then great use that positivity as a positive outcome as fuel you can use both negative and positive to fuel you today right so

however you feel right now hopefully you feel excited you're ready you're excited you're motivated you're inspired by what you've just seen and you're ready to start then make sure that you take action don't just leave this and Skip and watch another podcast or read a book what you actually need right now is implementation because you don't learn on anything until you actually implement it if you just watch all of this and you're like huh interesting and then you Skip and you go to the next video you didn't really learn anything because it didn't really impact

your life at all and so it's the Tipping Point that you're looking for and this is the fast lane to getting there this is the Freedom Fast Lane to getting to the goal that you uh that you want it might just be season one and step one to the end goal the business that you might want to have maybe you want to sell your own products maybe you want to be a YouTuber maybe you want to have a software the the skills that you need to launch any of those businesses are in this course right

so why not get paid to learn them why not get clients work with them get inspired educated and free and then you can use it to launch any business you want because you've learned the skills that it takes to become a Grandmaster in anything in business to play this game right and that is offer creation sales message copy design branding how do you build a brand how do you create automation how do you do all these things well you're learning that in a funnel building business so congrats again for going through all of this I

admire you and respect you because 99% of people don't statistically and so you're already a top one percenter you're a fast laner and you're here thank you for spending time with me I'll see you inside of the community click the link to everything that you need below and uh I look forward to seeing your results bye for now